Skip to main content

Full text of "The Bukidnon of Mindanao"

See other formats


LI  B  RAR.Y 

OF   THE 

U  N  IVERSITY 

Of    1  LX  1  N  OJ  S 


v.44-46 


Return  this  book  on  or  before  the 
latest  Date  stamped  below. 


•A 


THE 
BUKIDNON    OF    MINDANAO 


FAY-COOPER  COLE 


FIELDIANA:    ANTHROPOLOGY 

VOLUME  46 

Published  by 

CHICAGO  NATURAL  HISTORY  MUSEUM 

APRIL  23,  1956 


•••''  .  '•'x  * '''' .  •.^^•'••'/10yi^'^'^^>jykV^?9'M^ 


FIELDIANA:  ANTHROPOLOGY 

A  Continuation  of  the 

ANTHROPOLOGICAL  SERIES 

of 

FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


VOLUME  46 


CHICAGO  NATURAL  HISTORY  MUSEUM 

CHICAGO,  U.S.A. 

1956 

TnEUBRMnrOFTHF 


MAY  7    1356 

UMVOMHt  fl^  lULUiOiS 


Editors 

PAUL  S.  MARTIN 

Chief  Curator,  Department  of  Anthropology 

LILLIAN  A.  ROSS 

Associate  Editor,  Scientific  Publications 


THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 


THE 
BUKIDNON    OF    MINDANAO 


FAY-COOPER  COLE 

Research  Associate,  Malaysian  Ethnology 
Professor  Emerittis  of  Anthropology,  The  University  of  Chicago 


FIELDIANA:    ANTHROPOLOGY 

VOLUME  46 

Published  by 

CHICAGO  NATURAL  HISTORY  MUSEUM 

APRIL  23,  1956 


Printed  with  the  Assistance  of 

The  Marian  and  Adolph  Lichtstern  Fund 
Jor  Anthropological  Research 

Department  of  Anthropology 
The  University  of  Chicago 


PRINTED   IN   THE   UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 
BY  CHICAGO   NATURAL  HISTORY   MUSEUM  PRESS 


Preface 

The  material  presented  in  this  volume  was  gathered  in  the  first  seven 
months  of  1910,  while  I  conducted  the  R.  F.  Cummings  Philippine  Ex- 
pedition for  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History  (now  Chicago  Natural  His- 
tory Museum).  During  that  period  a  detailed  study  was  made  of  the  every- 
day life,  customs  and  beliefs  of  the  Bukidnon  of  north-central  Mindanao 
in  the  Philippines,  and  collections  were  made  to  illustrate  that  life  in  the 
Museum. 

These  people  usually  refer  to  themselves  as  Higa6nan,  "mountain 
dwellers,"  but  they  are  better  known  as  Bukidnon,  a  name  applied  to  the 
mountain  people  by  the  coastal  Bisayan.  This  latter  appellation  has  caused 
some  confusion  in  the  literature,  since  it  also  is  applied  by  the  coastal 
dwellers  to  the  interior  peoples  of  Negros,  Nueva  Ecija  and  Panay.  Span- 
ish writers  often  used  this  term,  or  Monteses,  for  all  highlanders  (Mozo, 
1763). 

As  this  study  was  approaching  completion,  a  situation  was  developing 
in  the  Davao  Gulf  region  of  Southern  Mindanao  which  made  an  immedi- 
ate transfer  to  that  area  seem  imperative.  Several  months  were  spent  in 
that  district  before  a  tropical  illness  necessitated  my  return  to  America.  A 
slow  recovery,  installation  of  the  Philippine  collections,  publication  of  the 
Davao  Gulf  material  (Cole,  1913),  and  other  duties  led  to  the  putting 
aside  of  the  Bukidnon  material  for  later  publication.  Before  that  time  ar- 
rived World  War  I  intervened.  Later  I  returned  to  Malaysia  to  conduct 
studies  in  Indonesia  and  The  Malay  States.  In  1924  I  became  associated 
with  the  University  of  Chicago,  and  my  Mindanao  materials  remained,  for 
the  most  part,  unpublished  except  for  a  brief  summary  (Cole,  1945b). 

I  had  hoped  that  upon  retirement  I  might  return  to  the  Bukidnon  and 
develop  an  acculturation  study  based  on  my  early  work.  Unsettled  condi- 
tions after  World  War  II  made  the  accomplishment  of  the  task  so  uncertain 
that  it  has  not  been  undertaken.  However,  the  Rev.  Ralph  Lynch,  S.J., 
has  recently  dealt  with  some  of  the  changes  in  Bukidnon  between  my 
stay  and  1950  (see  Lynch,  1955). 

At  the  time  of  my  visit  to  the  Bukidnon,  the  American  government  was 
constructing  good  trails  into  the  interior,  was  forcing  the  natives  into  model 
villages,  and  was  supplying  them  with  plows  and  other  facilities  for  farm- 

5 


6  PREFACE 

ing  the  grasslands.  New  crops  were  being  introduced,  schools  were  being 
opened,  and  new  ideas  of  government  were  being  urged  on  the  people. 
Change  was  rapid  in  the  area  under  control  and  was  considerable  in  the 
peripheral  districts.  It  was  evident  that  this  was  the  last  opportunity  to  see 
these  people  in  anything  like  the  old  life;'  or  to  make  a  representative 
collection. 

Certain  trends  were  even  then  evident.  The  newly  established  villages 
were,  for  the  most  part,  replicas  of  the  less  advanced  settlements  of  the 
Christianized  Bisayan  of  the  coast.  The  datos,  or  local  headmen,  were 
being  replaced  by  "elected"  village  officials,  and  in  some  towns  the  dress 
was  changing  towards  that  of  the  civilized  peoples. 

Peripheral  settlements,  not  under  direct  control,  were  also  affected,  but 
here  two  lines  of  resistance  were  becoming  apparent.  The  distinctive  dress 
of  both  men  and  women  was  being  elaborated,  and  no  small  part  of  the 
"wealth"  was  being  spent  for  cloth  and  ornaments.  A  second  line  of  with- 
drawal into  the  old  ways  was  in  religion.  The  aggressive  intervention  in 
daily  affairs  by  the  American  governor — Frederick  Lewis — was  weakening 
the  political  leadership  of  the  datos  or  local  headmen.  Meanwhile  the  im- 
portance of  the  baylans  or  mediums  was  increasing.  The  ceremonies, 
which  the  mediums  conducted,  were  assuming  increasing  importance  to 
the  extent  that  they  dominated  the  social  and  religious  life.  As  other  as- 
pects of  the  old  life  weakened,  interest  in  the  spirit  world  increased. 

Following  the  time  of  my  visit,  the  Bukidnon  Company,  under  the 
leadership  of  former  Commissioner  Dean  C.  Worcester,  established  cattle 
holdings  in  the  area.  Later  the  Del  Monte  Company  introduced  pineapple 
culture,  and  with  the  advent  of  World  War  II  the  Japanese  took  control. 
Since  the  war  there  has  been  a  steady  migration  of  coastal  peoples  into 
the  area,  as  well  as  settlers  from  other  regions  of  the  Philippines. 

It  is  evident  that  the  old  life  is  largely  gone.  A  few  marginal  settlements 
retain  part  of  the  former  customs,  but  only  a  part.  Given  the  background, 
the  surviving  Bukidnon  should  offer  ideal  material  for  an  acculturation 
study.  It  seems  unlikely  that  I  shall  make  that  investigation,  but  I  can 
furnish  rather  an  intimate  picture  of  what  the  Bukidnon  were  in  1910  be- 
fore the  many  disruptive  forces  mentioned  came  into  play. 

The  material  which  follows  is  primarily  descriptive.  It  is  drawn  from 
notes  long  "cold,"  and  is  devoid  of  many  lines  of  investigation  which  might 
be  employed  today.  Nevertheless  it  is  a  rather  full  description  of  a  function- 
ing native  culture. 

The  procedure  in  the  investigation  was  for  us — the  writer  and  his  wife — 
to  settle  in  a  community  for  several  weeks,  during  which  we  sought  to 
participate  in,  and  to  observe  and  record,  the  daily  life.  Securing  the 
Museum  collection  was  a  major  help,  since  each  object  was  discussed  in 


\ 


PREFACE  7 

detail  with  the  owner.  If  it  was  a  trap  or  lure  we  saw  it  in  actual  operation; 
if  it  was  an  instrument  employed  in  agriculture,  weaving  and  the  like,  we 
observed  and  photographed  its  use.  Details  of  dress  were  studied  and 
household  objects  were  recorded  as  used.  Many  hours  of  animated  dis- 
cussion dealt  with  the  relative  value  of  different  kinds  of  traps  and  snares. 
We  hunted  with  the  men,  using  only  their  devices,  and  later  they  went 
with  us  while  we  demonstrated  the  use  of  guns.  As  friendships  and  con- 
fidences were  built  up,  we  were  invited  and  took  part  in  all  activities, 
including  the  ceremonies.  These  were  carefully  recorded  and  photographed 
and  the  meaning  of  various  parts  was  discussed  with  several  participants. 

Subjects  such  as  religion,  warfare,  slavery,  and  family  relations  were 
taken  up,  first  with  the  leaders  and  then  with  the  average  person.  In  all 
cases,  even  in  regard  to  items  which  seemed  trivial  and  trite,  information 
was  sought  from  more  than  one  individual  in  each  village.  Village  was 
checked  against  village  and  discrepancies  were  studied  and  evaluated.  It 
is  our  belief  that  this  volume  furnishes  as  reliable  a  picture  of  native  life 
as  was  possible  for  an  outsider  to  obtain  in  a  few  months. 

In  passing  it  should  be  noted  that  we  contributed  considerably  to  the 
pleasures  of  the  people.  Our  phonograph  and  the  records  we  made  of 
their  songs  were  major  attractions.  Our  pneumatic  mattresses  were  so 
fascinating  that  they  often  had  to  be  demonstrated  to  wondering  visitors. 
Our  food  and  ways  of  eating,  our  dress — in  fact,  all  our  strange  ways — 
were  as  intriguing  to  them  as  theirs  were  to  us.  Our  medicine  kit  was  an 
additional  aid  in  establishing  cordial  relations.  We  never  allowed  it  to 
take  the  place  of  curative  ceremonies  but  we  added  its  magic  to  that  of  the 
mediums.  The  success  of  an  investigator  in  a  functioning  culture,  it  is  our 
belief,  will  be  in  direct  ratio  to  the  extent  he  participates  in  the  daily  life. 

Beyer  (1917,  p.  42)  and  others  have  stated  that  the  Bukidnon  culture  is 
probably  similar  to  that  of  the  pre-Spanish  Bisayan.  Outside  contact  had 
considerably  modified  the  life  and  beliefs  of  the  latter  long  prior  to  the 
Spanish  invasion.  Such  influences  had  filtered  into  the  interior  but  in  much 
lesser  amount.  Later  Spanish  influence  is  evident  even  in  remote  settle- 
ments. 

The  dialects  spoken  by  Christians  and  pagans  appear  to  be  very  similar. 
Recent  linguistic  studies  and  surveys  of  Bukidnon  Province  tend  to  treat 
all  the  dialects  found  there  as  variants  of  Manobo.  Atherton  calls  the  dia- 
lect of  Northern  and  Central  Bukidnon  by  the  term  Binokid  (Atherton, 
1953).  Abrams  and  Svelmoe  (1953)  say  that  the  dialect  spoken  at  Lum- 
bayo,  just  east  of  Mailag,  is  Binokid,  but  that  of  nearby  Tigwa  is  similar  to 
Manobo. 

With  two  exceptions  the  method  used  in  transcribing  native  terms  is 
that  used  by  American  linguists  for  Indian  languages.  When  a  capital  E 


8  PREFACE 

appears  in  the  body  of  the  word  it  stands  for  e";  the  symbol  ii  is  a  post 
palatal  nasal  n. 

Except  for  collecting  representative  word  lists,  we  did  not  attempt  a 
study  of  the  language  during  our  stay.  However,  a  Bisayan  student  from 
Misamis,  who  accompanied  us  part  of  the  time,  insisted  that  the  Bukidnon 
dialects  were  very  close  to  the  language  spoken  on  the  North  Coast. 

Aside  from  instances  of  physical  mixture  with  peripheral  tribes,  the 
Bukidnon  closely  approximate  the  Christianized  people.  It  is  probable 
that  in  many  respects  the  Bukidnon  do  furnish  us  with  a  glimpse  of  old  time 
beliefs  and  customs  which  have,  for  the  most  part,  vanished  from  the  coast. 

The  narrative  is  written  in  the  present  tense,  but  unless  otherwise 
indicated,  it  refers  to  conditions  existing  in  1910. 

I  am  indebted  to  Father  Frank  Lynch,  S.J.,  for  various  comments  on 
the  Bukidnon  and  their  history.  George  Talbot  prepared  the  drawings 
for  the  text  figures,  and  Phillip  H.  Lewis  made  the  map. 


FAY-COOPER  COLE 


Santa  Barbara,  California 
May  30,  1954 


\ 


Contents 


PAGE 

List  of  Illustrations 11 

I.  The  Country  and  the  People 13 

Some  General  Observations 16 

Physical  Types 18 

Dress  and  Ornament 23 

Objects  for  Personal  Use 31 

Settlements 34 

Household  Inventory 43 

II.  Making  a  Living 45 

Hunting  and  Trapping 45 

Fishing 48 

Agriculture  and  Its  Rituals 51 

Medicines 57 

Household  and  Village  Industries 57 

Basketry 57 

Weaving 61 

Pottery 63 

Carving  and  Decorative  Art 63 

III.  The  Life  Cycle 68 

Pregnancy  and  Birth 68 

Naming 70 

Child  Life 71 

Marriage  and  Divorce 72 

Death,  Burial  and  Inheritance 76 

IV.  Social  and  Political  Organization 79 

The  Dato 79 

Crime  and  Law 81 

Warfare 81 

Slavery _^ 86 

V.  The  Spirit  World 89 

The  Baylans 89 

The  Spirits 91 

The  Gimokod 91 

The  Alabydnon 93 

The  Kaliga-on 96 

VI.  The  Ceremonies 99 

Pangampo 99 

Panalikot  or  Omaldgad 100 

9 


10  CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Pagilis  or  Pamltwas 102 

Pamahdndi 103 

Kasaboahdn 105 

Pangolo-ambit 106 

Kaliga-on 107 

VII.  The  TuNGUD  Movement 118 

VIII.  Music  and  Dancing 119 

Dances 119 

Musical  Instruments 120 

Songs 122 

IX.  Celestial  Bodies  and  the  Seasons 123 

X.  Stories  and  Legends 126 

How  Sumilao  was  Founded .126 

The  Lake  Called  Danao 126 

The  Great  Drought  and  the  Origin  of  the  Moros 127 

Origin  of  the  Races 127 

Adam  and  Eve 128 

The  Flood 128 

Origin  of  Monkeys 1 29 

Bulanawan 129 

The  Story  of  Domakalangan 129 

The  Lake  near  Sili 130 

The  Aguio  Tales 130 

XI.  Conclusions 133 

Bibliography 135 

Index 137 


\ 


List  of  Illustrations 

Text   Figures 

PAGE 

1.  Bukidnon  Province  and  adjacent  territory 15 

2.  The  Bukidnon  Highlands 17 

3.  A  deep  canyon  cutting  through  the  Bukidnon  Highlands 17 

4.  Bukidnon  man  showing  Negrito  mixture 19 

5.  Bukidnon  man  of  coastal  Malayan  (Bisayan)  type 20 

6.  Bukidnon  woman  of  Bisayan  type 21 

7.  Bukidnon  man  of  "Caucasian"  type 22 

8.  Bukidnon  woman  of  "Caucasian"  type 23 

9.  Bukidnon  man  of  mixed  type 24 

10.  Bukidnon  woman's  dress 25 

1 1 .  Bukidnon  man's  dress 25 

12.  Woman's  dress  showing  embroidered  shoulder  cloth 26 

13.  Woman's  dress  showing  embroidered  cloth  on  back  of  head 27 

14.  Man's  embroidered  carrying  bag 28 

15.  Detail  of  decoration  on  carrying  bag 28 

16.  Man's  embroidered  turban 29 

17.  Man's  dress  showing  method  of  wearing  turban 30 

18.  Man's  hat,  upper  and  lower  sides 31 

19.  Bamboo  and  palm  bark  hats 31 

20.  Mutilated  teeth 32 

21.  Toothbrush,  tweezers,  stone  used  in  filing  teeth,  and  bead  neckband  33 

22.  Hillside  clearing 35 

23.  Gabi  (taro)  field 35 

24.  House  under  construction 37 

25.  Small  house  near  the  fields 37 

26.  Tree  house  on  the  Pulangi  River 38 

27.  Interior  of  Bukidnon  dwelling 38 

28.  House  interior  showing  box-like  cradle 39 

29.  Wooden  chest  inlaid  with  mother-of-pearl 39 

30.  Rattan  wall  hanger  containing  coconut  shell  cups 40 

31.  Rice  mortar  and  pestle 41 

32.  Rice  winnowers 41 

33.  Bukidnon  woman  grinding  corn  with  stone  corn-grinder 42 

34.  Torch  holder 43 

35.  Bamboo  water  carrier 43 

36.  Small  bow  and  arrow  used  by  boys 47 

37.  Bukidnon  spears 47 

38.  Torch  holder  used  in  hunting  frogs 47 

39.  Deer  and  pig  trap 48 

11 


12  LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

PAGE 

40.  Deadfall  trap  for  deer-  and  pigs 49 

41 .  Slip-noose  trap  for  wild  chickens  and  lizards 50 

42.  Funnel  fish  trap 50 

43.  Cone  fish  trap 51 

44.  Rice  knife ^ 54 

45.  Large  carrying  baskets 58 

46.  Large  baskets  used  on  horses  or  carabao 59 

47.  Trinket  basket  (L)  and  rice  basket  (R) 60 

48.  A  group  of  small  baskets 60 

49.  Rice  bags 61 

50.  Stripping  hemp 62 

51.  Details  of  hemp  stripper 63 

52.  Firing  pottery 64 

53.  "Guitars"  or  boat  lutes 64 

54.  Circular  shield  showing  front 65 

55.  Circular  shield  showing  hand  grip 65 

55A.  Designs  in  patchwork  decoration 66 

56.  Armed  warriors  dancing  at  wedding 74 

57.  Drinking  rice  wine  at  a  funeral 77 

58.  Warrior  in  battle  dress 83 

59.  Warrior  with  padded  coat  and  distinctive  headdress 85 

60.  Protective  bandolier  called  talian 87 

61.  Baylan  and  pupil 91 

62.  Sacrificing  a  fowl  at  the  A'fl/e.ga-ow  ceremony Ill 

63.  Making  an  offering  at  the  Kaliga-on  ceremony 112 

64.  Culmination  of  the  Kaliga-on  ceremony 113 

65.  Male  dancers  imitating  the  movements  of  hawks 120 

66.  Native  violins  with  bows 121 

67.  Woman's  musical  instrument  made  from  bamboo 121 


\ 


L    The  Country  and  the  People 

The  Province  of  Bukidnon  lies  in  the  north-central  portion  of  Min- 
danao. For  the  most  part  it  consists  of  a  high  plain  which  rises  abruptly  to 
a  height  of  about  900  feet,  just  back  of  the  coast  of  Cagayan,  Misamis,  now 
known  as  Cagayan  de  Oro,  Misamis  Oriental.  On  the  east  a  forested 
mountain  chain  separates  it  from  the  broad  valley  of  the  Agusan  River. 
These  mountains  run  from  north  to  south  until,  as  they  approach  the 
southern  end  of  the  province,  they  turn  toward  the  southwest  to  form  the 
northern  limits  of  the  Province  of  Davao.  Some  high  mountains  appear 
there,  but  between  them  are  low  passes  which  afford  access  to  the  Gulf 
of  Davao.  On  the  west  of  Bukidnon  another  range  runs  north  and  south, 
forming  the  boundary  with  the  Mohammedan-dominated  Province  of 
Lanao  (see  map,  fig.  1). 

These  mountain  chains  have  afforded  some  protection  from  the  more 
warlike  tribes  to  the  east  and  south,  as  well  as  from  the  Moros.  However, 
passes  have  allowed  hostile  raids  in  search  of  victims  and  slaves,  while  from 
time  to  time,  renegade  bands  from  Lake  Lanao  have  taken  refuge  here.  All 
have  left  their  imprint,  especially  in  the  peripheral  areas. 

From  a  distance  Bukidnon  appears  to  be  a  high,  broad,  unbroken  plain 
which  rises  gently  toward  the  mountains.  Actually  its  surface  is  cut  by 
many  deep  and  narrow  north  and  south  canyons  with  precipitous  walls 
enclosing  rushing  streams.  In  places  these  canyons  widen  into  valleys  of 
some  size,  but  the  dominating  feature  is  the  great  grass  plain  cut  by  deep 
gorges  (figs.  2  and  3). 

At  one  season  the  young  cogon  grass  covers  the  tableland  like  a  lawn. 
Later,  when  the  rank  grass  has  reached  its  full  height,  it  is  crested  with 
white  bloom.  The  natives  with  their  simple  tools  are  no  match  for  the 
sturdy  grass,  so  the  lands,  for  the  most  part,  have  been  left  undisturbed 
save  by  wild  pig  and  deer. 

The  province  is  cut  nearly  in  half  by  the  eighth  parallel,  which  also 
serves  roughly  as  the  water  divide.  The  Pulangi  River  and  its  tributaries 
start  somewhat  north  of  the  line  and  flow  to  the  south,  but  all  other  water 
courses  flow  north.  The  Pulangi — lower  down  known  as  the  Rio  Grande 
de  Mindanao — is  suitable  for  rafts  throughout  the  area,  but  the  only  other 

13 


14  7  HE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

river  of  any  considerable  size,  the  Cagayan,  has  many  rocky  rapids  which 
limit  its  use  for  travel. 

The  abrupt  escarpment  which  borders'the  coast,  poor  trails,  lack  of 
bridges  over  the  many  turbulent  streams  in  the  gorges,  all  have  served  to 
keep  the  territory  from  being  over-run  by  the  Bisayan  of  Misamis  but  have 
not  been  a  protection  against  exploitation  of  the  pagan  Bukidnon  by  the 
Christians. 

At  the  time  of  the  governorship  of  Don  Narciso  Claveria  (1844-49) 
settlements  existed  in  the  vicinity  of  Mount  Balatocan,  Cagayan  Valley, 
and  the  Plateau.  Many  of  these  were  short-lived  but  some  fifteen  towns 
of  the  Tagoloan  Valley  and  Plateau  districts  were  still  flourishing  in  1887 
(Cartas,  1881,  vol.  4,  pp.  82-83;  1889,  vol.  8,  pp.  412-417;  Pastells,  1916, 
vol.  2,  pp.  140-141). 

During  the  1880's  Jesuit  missionaries  made  numerous  trips  into  the 
interior  and  by  the  end  of  the  decade  were  conducting  a  vigorous  program 
of  resettlement  and  Christianization.  They  found  the  grass  plains  mostly 
unsettled,  while  the  people  lived  in  scattered  isolated  villages  along  the 
edge  of  the  forest  or  in  small  settlements  bordering  the  water  courses. 
Every  inducement  was  used  to  persuade  the  people  to  estaljlish  towns  on 
the  plain.  There  they  were  assisted  in  building  houses  similar  to  those  on 
the  coast;  they  were  supplied  with  some  tools  and  were  taught  the  cultiva- 
tion of  coffee,  cacao,  corn  and  hemp.  Churches  were  established  and  so 
successful  were  the  Jesuits  that  by  1893  they  were  able  to  report  6,600  con- 
verts out  of  a  population  estimated  at  13,000  (Blair  and  Robertson,  1903-9, 
vol.  43,  pp.  23,  27,  203,  209,  277,  289).  The  evident  advantages  of  the 
more  settled  life  led  some  of  those  who  had  refused  the  protection  of  the 
Church  to  establish  compact  villages  on  the  periphery  of  the  plain.  How- 
ever, nearly  every  family  still  kept  its  hillside  clearing  and  at  times  the 
villages  were  nearly  deserted. 

Ultimately  a  surplus  of  coffee,  hemp  and  cacao  led  to  increased  trade 
with  the  Bisayan  city  of  Cagayan  on  the  coast,  and  for  a  time  it  appeared 
that  the  efforts  of  the  Jesuits  were  resulting  in  the  establishment  of  a  self- 
supporting  community.  Unfortunately  these  friendly,  helpful  efforts  were 
not  shared  in  by  certain  well-to-do  caciques  of  the  coast  or  by  the  Chinese 
merchants.  Parties  of  Bukidnon,  laden  with  produce,  would  go  to  Caga- 
yan, where  their  innocence  of  trade  and  finance  was  taken  advantage  of. 
Low  prices  for  their  products  were  paid  in  trade  for  over-valued  objects 
they  desired.  Many  were  induced  to  go  into  debt  and  signed  papers  which 
led  to  virtual  peonage.  When  they  did  not  appear  as  scheduled  with  hemp 
or  other  products,  the  leaders  would  secure  a  judgment  and  then  would  go 
inland  to  collect. 


Fig.  1.    Bukidnon  Province  and  adjacent  territory. 
15 


16  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

While  the  missionaries  remained  they  afforded  some  protection  to  the 
villagers,  but  with  the  insurrection  against  Spain  and  the  fall  of  Manila  to 
the  Americans  in  1898,  the  interior  natives  were  left  to  the  mercy  of  their 
exploiters.  As  a  result  many  of  the  villages  were  virtually  deserted  and  most 
Bukidnon  reverted  to  the  old  life  at  the  edge  of  the  forest. 

When  American  officials,  acting  under  orders  of  Commissioner  Worces- 
ter, sought  to  establish  contact  with  the  Bukidnon,  they  were  opposed 
in  every  way  possible  by  the  caciques  and  traders  of  Cagayan.  Even 
though  Bukidnon  trade  had  dropped  to  a  low  point  it  still  was  too  profit- 
able to  be  lost.  This  attitude  had  the  opposite  effect  to  that  intended. 
Commissioner  Worcester  made  Bukidnon  a  field  of  special  attention  and 
appointed  Frederick  Lewis  and  Manuel  Fortich  as  Governor  and  Lieuten- 
ant-Governor, respectively,  with  orders  to  open  up  the  country. 

Under  these  energetic  leaders,  old  villages  were  re-established,  new 
model  towns  were  organized,  grassland  agriculture  was  assisted  by  the 
introduction  of  plows  and  draft  animals,  schools  were  opened  and  local 
governments  set  up.  Good  trails  were  built  from  the  coast  to  Malay balay, 
forty  miles  inland,  and  later  these  were  extended  to  other  areas.  Covered 
bridges  were  constructed  over  streams  in  the  gorges.  Where  funds  were 
needed  for  such  items  as  plows  and  steel  girders  they  were  supplied  by  the 
government,  but  construction  was  done  by  Bukidnon  under  American 
supervisors. 

Trade  to  the  coast  was  supervised,  while  the  appearance  of  American 
traders  led  to  active  competition  and  more  suitable  returns  to  the  pro- 
ducers (Worcester,  1914,  vol.  2,  pp.  610-29;  Cole,  1913,  p.  163).  Today 
trade  in  hemp,  coffee,  and  corn  continues  with  the  Bisayan  and  Chinese 
traders  of  Misamis;  there  is  also  some  indirect  trade  for  weapons  and  brass 
boxes  with  the  Moros  of  Lake  Lanao  and  with  the  tribes  of  Davao  Gulf. 

This  brief  sketch  indicates  that  so  much  acculturation  had  already 
taken  place  by  1910  that  the  towns  under  direct  control  were  not  suitable 
for  the  purposes  of  the  investigation  proposed.  Hence  the  pagan  villages 
of  Mambwaya,  Langawan  and  Dagondalahon  on  the  west,  and  Mailag 
and  Limbayao  in  the  south-central  area,  were  chosen.  Other  settlements 
were  visited  for  shorter  periods.  At  the  time  of  our  visit  Mailag  was  strongly 
acculturated  but  still  retained  many  old  traits.  Limbayao  was  little  in- 
fluenced either  by  the  Americans  or  other  Christianized  peoples,  but  it 
showed  relatively  few  distinctive  Bukidnon  traits.  It  probably  should  be 
classed  as  peripheral  Manobo. 

SOME  GENERAL  OBSERVATIONS 

On  the  borders  of  Bukidnon  territory  and  along  the  Pulangi  River  iso- 
lated settlements  made  up  of  tree  houses  or  dwellings  placed  high  on  piles 


Fig.  2.    The  Bukidnon  Highlands. 


Fig.  3.     A  deep  canyon  cutting  through  the  Bukidnon  Highlands. 


17 


18  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

were  occasionally  seen.  They  were  set  in  clearings  in  which  crops  were 
raised  and  which  also  were  of  advantage  to  the  occupants  in  case  of  an 
enemy  attack.  In  rare  cases  they  were  further  protected  by  bamboo 
palisades.  These  tree  houses  differ  but  little  from  the  high  field  houses 
near  the  larger  settlements. 

It  is  claimed  that  in  former  times  each  district  had  a  petty  ruler  or  dato 
who  lived  in  a  large  house  raised  high  on  stilts.  Such  dwellings  did  not 
exist  in  1910,  but  the  descriptions  indicate  that  they  resembled  those  of 
the  Bagobo  of  the  Davao  Gulf  region  to  the  south  (Cole,  1913,  p.  66). 

Here  it  should  be  noted  that  aside  from  the  "long-house"  of  Borneo, 
Sumatra,  and  a  few  other  areas,  the  typical  Malayan  village  was  made  up 
of  several  individual  family  dwellings.  Each  village  was  under  the  guidance 
of  a  local  headman.  Beyond  this  unit  there  was  no  higher  authority  until 
Indian,  and  later  Mohammedan,  influences  brought  in  the  idea  of  a 
ruler — dato  or  rajah — and  the  development  of  states  (Cole,  1945a).  The 
tribes  of  the  southern  end  of  the  islands  had  felt  these  influences  to  such  an 
extent  that  the  chief  dato  of  the  Bagobo  was  the  paramount  ruler  with 
several  subordinate  datos  below  him  (Cole,  1913,  pp.  55,  95  ff.).  Certain 
other  tribes  had  a  similar  but  less  well-defined  organization.  Also,  the  near- 
by Moros  of  the  Lanao  district  had  well-developed  ideas  of  the  state  and 
powerful  rulers. 

It  is  to  be  suspected  that  whatever  development  along  this  line  had 
taken  place  in  Bukidnon  was  due  to  ideas  borrowed  from  their  neighbors. 
The  term  dato  is  used  by  the  Bukidnon  but  it  is  applied  to  the  headman 
of  a  village.  It  is  doubtful  if  these  people  ever  had  rulers  with  control  over 
more  than  one  or  two  settlements. 

Whatever  the  former  power  of  the  dato,  he  has  been  replaced,  at  least 
in  name,  in  most  villages  by  the  "presidente,"  supposedly  chosen  by  popu- 
lar vote,  although  the  idea  of  headman  is  still  strong.  In  earlier  times  the 
headman  would  have  been  a  warrior  of  renown  entitled  to  wear  distinctive 
dress.  Some  of  the  older  men  still  possess  such  garments,  which  they  wear 
on  great  occasions. 

PHYSICAL  TYPES 

During  the  author's  stay  with  these  people  physical  measurements  and 
observations  were  made  on  about  one  hundred  individuals.  Unfortunate- 
ly these  are  not  now  available.  In  the  years  which  intervened,  the  measure- 
ment sheets  have  been  mislaid.  Hence,  the  statements  which  follow  are 
drawn  from  field  notes  and  the  study  of  photographs  without  other  veri- 
fication. Physically  the  people  represent  gradations  between  three  types. 
The  first  exhibits  strong  evidences  of  Negrito  (pygmy)  mixture;  the  second 


Fig.  4.     Bukidnon  man  showing  Negrito  mixture. 


19 


20 


THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 


Fig.  5.     Bukidnon  man  of  coastal  Malayan  (Bisayan)  type. 


and  largest  group  resembles  the  coast  Bisayan;  while  the  third  has  many 
features  approximating  the  Europeans  (figs.  4-9). 

Evidence  of  an  early  pygmy  population  is  found  in  nearly  every  district 
of  Mindanao,  but  is  particularly  strong  in  the  Ata,  a  small  scattered  group 
in  the  mountains  south  and  southeast  of  the  Bukidnon  territory.  While 
visiting  settlements  on  the  southern  tributaries  of  the  Pulangi  River  the 
writer  saw  about  fifty  people  called  Tugauanum  who  had  come  over  the 
mountains  to  trade.  Judging  by  the  small  stature  of  some,  and  the  dark 
skin,  crisp,  curly  hair  and  broad  to  flat  noses  of  many,  the  group  appeared 
to  show  considerable  infusion  of  Negrito  blood  (Cole,  1913,  ch.  V).  Mixture 
with  this  early  type  has  given  to  part  of  the  Bukidnon  the  characteristics 
of  the  little  blacks. 

The  second — Bisayan-like — grouping  presents  a  rather  short,  slightly 
built,  brachycephalic  population  with  high  heads.  Zygomatic  arches  are 
wide  and  outstanding;  eye  slits  are  often  slanting,  with  the  Mongolian 
fold  common.  Most  noses  are  relatively  high,  but  broad  flat  noses  with 
concave  bridges  are  frequent.  Lips  range  from  thin  to  medium;  hair  is 
coarse,  dark  brown  to  black,  and  is  inclined  to  be  wavy;  skin  color  ranges 


THE  COUNTRY  AND  THE  PEOPLE 


21 


Fig.  6.     Bukidnon  woman  of  Bisayan  type. 


from  light  yellowish  to  dark  reddish  brown.  This  dominant  type  fades  into 
the  Southern  Mongoloid  classification. 

A  third,  minority,  division  includes  a  considerable  number  of  persons. 
Here  we  often  find  high  mesocephalic  heads,  vaulted  foreheads,  narrow 
noses,  rather  thin  lips  and  "strong"  chins.  The  impression  is  distinctly 
"European"  except  for  color.  This  type  might  be  accounted  for  by  mixture 
with  early  Indian,  Arab,  or  Spanish  invaders  were  it  not  for  the  fact  that  a 
similar  situation  exists  even  in  the  most  remote  areas  of  Malaysia.  As 


22 


THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 


Fig.  7.     Bukidnon  man  of  "Caucasian"  type. 


Stated  in  an  earlier  publication  (Cole,  1945a,  p.  330):  "We  must  postulate 
an  early  Caucasoid  element  in  southeastern  Asia  which  has  left  its  imprint 
on  the  later  proto-  and  true  Malayan."  \ 

These  three  elements  do  not  form  distinct  groups;  they  freely  inter- 
marry and  every  gradation  is  found  among  them.  Father  Pablo  Pastells 
in  a  letter  to  Father  Provincial  Capell,  S.J.,  states  that  the  Monteses  (Bu- 
kidnon) consist  of  two  groups  adjacent  to  the  Manobo  of  Agusan,  whose 
habits  they  approach.  Father  Clotet  says  they  exist  in  three  groups,  one 
of  which  is  close  to  the  Manobo  of  Agusan  (Clotet,  1889,  in  Blair  and 
Robertson,  vol.  43,  p.  289). 


THE  COUxNTRY  AND  THE  PEOPLE 


23 


^ 


Fig.  8.     Bukidnon  woman  of  "Caucasian"  type. 


The  population  in  1886-87  was  estimated  by  the  Governor  of  Misamis  to 
be  18,000,  and  by  Beyer  in  1916  as  48,500  (Pastells,  1916,  vol.  2,  p.  140; 
Beyer,  1917,  p.  41). 

DRESS  AND  ORNAMENT 

One  of  the  marks  of  resistance  to  outside  ideas  is  the  distinctive  dress  of 
the  Bukidnon.  In  his  recital  of  Bukidnon  life  Father  Clotet  describes  the 


24 


THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 


Fig.  9.     Bukidnon  man  of  mixed  type. 


\ 


dress  in  detail  and  then  adds  '"of  all  these  vain  things  .  .  .  they  are  de- 
spoiled when  they  receive  the  health  giving  water  of  baptism."  In  return 
they  received  medals,  rosaries  and  scapularies  (Blair  and  Robertson, 
1903-9,  vol.  43,  pp.  272,  290  ff.).  Thus  dress  became  the  mark  of  the  true 
Bukidnon,  who  wore  it  proudly  and  defiantly  at  nearly  all  times. 

Seen  in  a  group  these  people  appear  quite  different  from  all  other  pagan 
groups  of  the  island,  for  the  women  resemble  animated  bed  quilts,  while 


THE  COUNTRY  AND  THE  PEOPLE 


25 


Fig.  10.     Bukidnon  woman's  dress. 


Fig.  1 1 .    Bukidnon  man's  dress. 


the  men  are  only  slightly  less  colorful.  A  few  garments  are  made  of  hemp, 
but  the  greater  part  are  of  cotton  trade  material  from  the  coast.  That  this 
is  not  a  recent  development  is  attested  by  the  account  of  Father  Clotet 
mentioned  above. 

The  voluminous  skirts  of  the  women  are  often  strips  of  red,  blue  and 
white  cloth  sewed  together;  or  squares  and  rectangles  of  cloth  may  be  out- 
lined by  white  strips.  A  deep  lower  section  of  applique  or  embroidered 
design  may  represent  triangles,  zigzag  lines  or  realistic  figures.  Jackets, 
which  receive  more  attention,  may  be  nearly  covered  with  patchwork  or 
designs  embroidered  in  colored  yarns.  Many  of  the  patterns  are  realistic — 
men,  flowers  and  fruits — but  others  are  conventional  figures  which  make 
the  garment  "look  pretty."  Embroidered  cloths,  usually  red,  are  worn  over 
the  shoulders,  and  decorated  belts  encircle  the  waists  (figs.  10-13). 


26 


THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 


Fig.  12.     Woman's  dress  showing  embroidered  shoulder  cloth 


In  addition  to  the  body  coverings  the  women  wear  large  combs  with 
intricate  designs  inlaid  in  brass  or  mother-of-pearl.  To  the  knots  of  hair 
on  the  backs  of  their  heads  they  add  switches.  These  large  rolls  of  hair  are 
then  covered  with  embroidered  cloths  which  fall  to  the  sides  of  their  heads 
just  back  of  the  ears  (fig.  13).  Tassels  of  yellow  yarn  are  suspended  back 
of  the  ears  or  are  tied  in  holes  pierced  in  the  lobes  or  helices.  Earrings  and 
ear  plugs  are  commonly  worn. 


THE  COUNTRY  AND  THE  PEOPLE 


27 


Fig.  1 3.    Woman's  dress  showing  embroidered  cloth  on  back  of  head. 


Not  content  with  such  ornamentation  the  women  also  possess  necklaces 
of  beads  and  seeds,  or  necklaces  skillfully  made  from  boar's  bristles.  Brace- 
lets of  brass  or  shell  often  encircle  the  forearm,  and  finger  rings  which  cover 
the  upper  joints,  toe  rings,  and  heavy  brass  anklets  are  prized  possessions 
(see  fig.  6).  The  latter  are  cast  so  as  to  leave  a  central  groove  in  which 
pellets  are  placed  to  form  rattles.  As  the  woman  walks  the  rings  and  anklets 
"make  music  wherever  she  goes."  (Clotet,  in  Blair  and  Robertson,  vol.  43, 
p.  292.) 

The  dress  of  the  man  is  nearly  as  colorful.  Embroidered  coats  and  long 
trousers  held  up  by  decorated  belt  bands  are  the  main  garments.  Since 
these  possess  no  pockets  each  man  carries  a  carrying  bag;  this  is  suspended 
against  the  left  side  by  means  of  a  shoulder  strap  which  passes  over  the  right 
shoulder  (figs.  11,  14,  15). 

Personal  possessions  are  carried  in  these  bags  or  inside  embroidered 
turbans.  Hats  of  Bisayan  type  are  much  worn.  These  are  round,  made  of 


be 


28 


THE  COUNTRY  AND  THE  PEOPLE 


29 


Fig.  16.     Man's  embroidered  turban. 


bamboo  or  rattan,  and  have  spreading  bamboo  headbands  inside.  These 
bands  also  serve  as  receptacles  for  small  prized  objects.  A  few  hats  made  of 
palm  bark  or  wood  also  appear  (figs.  16-19). 

This  account  of  dress  indicates  that  the  Bukidnon  are  sharply  differ- 
entiated from  the  neighboring  Manobo  to  the  east,  from  the  Mandaya 
to  the  southeast,  and  from  the  Davao  tribes  to  the  south  (see  Garvan,  1931, 
ch.  VI;  Cole,  1913). 

Quite  as  important  as  dress  is  the  proper  treatment  of  the  teeth.  Adults 
customarily  have  the  incisors  cut  horizontally  across,  about  midway  of 
their  length,  or  bored  through  and  inlaid  with  brass  wire.  All  are 
blackened  and  are  further  stained  by  the  spittle  of  the  betel  nut  (fig.  20). 
Tattooing  is  not  practiced. 


30 


THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 


Fig.  17.     Man's  dress  showing  method  of  wearing  turban. 


N 


Women  wear  bangs  over  the  forehead  but  allow  strands  of  hair  to  fall 
in  front  of  the  ears.  The  remaining  hair  is  combed  straight  back  and  is  tied 
in  a  large  knot  at  the  back  of  the  head.  Switches  often  are  added.  Most 
women  and  unmarried  boys  shave  the  eyebrows  (figs.  6  and  12).  The 
man's  hair  usually  is  cut  rather  short,  but  a  few  allow  it  to  grow  and  wind 
it  around  the  head  to  be  tied  in  a  knot.  This,  they  said,  was  formerly  the 
custom,  and  agrees  with  the  account  of  Father  Clotet  (1889,  m  Blair  and 
Robertson,  1903-9,  vol.  43,  p.  293).  Elaborate  head  cloths  are  worn  like 
turbans  by  most  men,  but  distinguished  warriors  may  wear  pointed  head- 
dresses and  other  distinctive  clothing  (fig.  17). 


THE  COUNTRY  AND  THE  PEOPLE 


31 


Fig.  18.     Man's  hat,  upper  and  lower  sides. 


Fig.  19.    Bamboo  and  palm  bark  hats. 


OBJECTS  FOR  PERSONAL  USE 

We  now  turn  to  those  objects  and  materials  which,  while  not  dress,  still 
form  a  necessary  part  of  a  person's  accouterments.  Both  men  and  women 
chew  the  nut  of  the  areca  palm— betel  nut — and  the  materials  and  objects 
related  to  its  use  are  necessities  wherever  the  person  may  be.  The  quid 
when  ready  for  use  is  called  tinalad.  This  is  prepared  by  cutting  buyo  {Piper 
betel  L.)  leaves  into  strips  which  are  spread  with  a  thin  coating  of  lime. 
A  nut  is  then  cut  lengthwise,  usually  into  four  pieces,   and  these   are 


32 


THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 


Fig.  20.    Mutilated  teeth. 


wrapped  in  the  leaves.  Tinalad  when  chewed  produces  a  blood  red  spitde 
which  is  freely  expectorated.  No  portion  is  intentionally  swallowed,  but 
enough  is  absorbed  to  give  a  slightly  stimulating  effect.  Tobacco  often  is 
added  to  the  quid,  which  may  be  pushed  up  under  the  upper  lip  for  a 
time.  Continued  use  of  the  tinalad  discolors  the  teeth,  but  it  also  seems  to 
assist  in  the  preservation  of  those  which  have  been  mutilated. 

Connected  with  the  betel  nut  chewing  are  certain  necessary  accessories, 
first  of  all,  the  lime.  This  is  secured  by  burning  shells  and  dropping  them 
into  cold  water.  They  are  then  crushed  between  the  fingers  and  when  dried 
produce  a  good  grade  of  lime,  which  is  carried  in  a  small,  incised  bamboo 
tube,  one  end  of  which  is  fitted  with  a  sifter  made  of  interwoven  strips  of 
rattan.  Betel  leaf  {Piper  betel  L.)  often  is  carried  in  a  double  pouch,  but 
the  usual  device  is  a  small  brass  box  with  compartments  for  nuts  and 
leaves.  Some  boxes  are  made  locally,  but  fine  containers  of  metal  are  ob- 
tained in  trade  with  the  Moros.  Lime  containers  are  habitually  carried  in 
the  men's  carrying  bags  or  in  the  women's  baskets. 

Betel  nut  is  second  only  to  rice  as  a  Bukidnon  necessity.  We  shall  find  it 
appearing  constantly  in  dealings  with  the  spirit  world,  as  well  as  in  the 
more  important  ceremonial  and  social  events.  Old  people  who  have  lost 


THE  COUNTRY  AND  THE  PEOPLE 


33 


Fig.  21.     Toothbrush,  tweezers,  stone  used  in  fihng  teeth,  and  bead  neckband. 


their  teeth  or  those  whose  teeth  have  been  so  mutilated  that  they  cannot 
chew  carry  small  mortars  and  pestles  with  which  they  crush  and  mix  the 
ingredients.  Frequently  a  small  brush  made  of  boar's  hairs  is  attached  to 
the  owner's  garment  by  a  string  of  beads.  It  is  worn  like  an  ornament  but 
is  in  reality  a  toothbrush  (fig.  21). 

In  this  connection  mutilation  of  the  teeth  is  to  be  considered.  When  a 
child  is  old  enough  to  chew  betel  nut,  that  is,  at  about  the  age  of  10,  its 
teeth  should  be  cut  and  blackened.  This  is  the  style  and  a  grown  person 
with  white  teeth  would  be  laughed  at  and  asked  when  he  would  be  old 
enough  to  chew  tinalad.  The  usual  method  is  to  file  the  upper  incisor  teeth 
across,  about  midway,  and  then  to  break  them  off  (fig.  20).  Another 
method  of  ornamentation  is  to  bore  holes  through  the  teeth  and  inlay 
pieces  of  copper  or  brass  wire.  In  addition  to  mutilation  most  teeth  are 
blackened  although  they  are  already  somewhat  discolored  by  the  use  of 
betel  nut.  A  cold  knife  is  held  in  the  flame  and  smoke  of  burning  guava 
bark,  and  the  "sweat"  which  is  deposited  on  the  blade  is  rubbed  on  the 
teeth  several  nights  in  succession.  This  must  be  repeated  at  intervals  to 
maintain  the  proper  color. 


34  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

Another  "ornament"  worn  by  the  man  or  carried  in  his  bag  is  a  pair 
of  iron  tweezers  which  take  the  place  of  a  razor.  Facial  hairs  are  few  in 
number  and  those  which  do  appear  are  grasped  tightly  with  the  instru- 
ment and  pulled  out  (see  fig.  21). 

In  each  carrying  bag  or  basket  will  be  found  a  small  pitch-covered  or 
water-tight  bamboo  container  for  flint  and  steel.  This  is  the  common  fire- 
making  device,  but  in  case  of  need  a  bamboo  outfit  is  used.  The  latter  is 
made  by  splitting  a  section  of  bamboo  and  cutting  a  groove  across  the 
convex  side.  The  other  piece  is  cut  to  an  edge  and  this  is  rubbed  rapidly  in 
the  groove.  The  friction  produces  enough  heat  to  ignite  the  shavings  or  a 
bit  of  tree  cotton  placed  beneath  the  groove.  This  method  is  known  and 
used  throughout  Malaysia.  It  has  been  stated  by  Clotet  (1889,  pp.  300- 
301)  that  the  fire  syringe  was  once  used  in  this  area  but  none  was  seen 
during  our  stay  nor  were  we  able  to  secure  data  concerning  its  use. 

SETTLEMENTS 

In  an  earlier  paragraph  we  noted  that  in  former  times  some  settlements 
along  the  border  may  have  consisted  of  several  dwellings  erected  near  to 
the  long-house  of  a  recognized  leader — such  as  is  found  in  the  Davao  Gulf 
region.  All  had  disappeared  by  1910.  At  the  time  of  the  Jesuit  entry  into 
Bukidnon  few  settlements  existed  on  the  grasslands.  This  is  easily  explained 
by  the  fact  that  coarse  cogon  grass  was  an  almost  insuperable  obstacle  to 
cultivation  with  the  primitive  tools  available. 

The  easy  and  usual  way  to  prepare  a  field  is  to  choose  a  wooded  valley 
or  hillside,  girdle  or  cut  down  the  trees,  and,  at  the  proper  time,  burn  them. 
The  land  thus  cleared  is  suitable  for  a  one-year  crop  of  dry  land  rice, 
abaca  (hemp),  or  possibly  tobacco,  although  this  is  grown  only  in  limited 
quantities.  As  the  cogon  grass  begins  to  invade  the  open  spaces,  the  field 
is  planted  to  camotes,  gabi  {[Colocasia  esculentum  (L.)  Schott.] — a  variety 
of  taro)  or  perhaps  to  a  few  banana  trees.  This  can  be  continued  for  two  or 
three  years,  after  which  new  clearings  are  made  (figs.  22-23). 

Such  a  procedure  does  not  encourage  construction  of  substantial  houses. 
In  general  a  few  upright  saplings  form  the  framework  to  which  the  sup- 
ports for  the  bamboo  floor  are  tied.  Cross  poles  join  the  tops  at  a  height  of 
about  six  feet.  From  the  corners  light  poles  make  a  A  at  each  end  and  to 
these  a  ridge  pole  is  tied.  Other  light  timbers  run  from  the  top  to  the  upper 
stringers  to  which  the  thatch  roof  is  laid.  Sides  are  of  beaten  bark  or  mats, 
but  a  gap  normally  exists  between  them  and  the  overhanging  roof  (figs. 
24-25)  (see  also  Garvan,  1931,  p.  17).  Nearly  every  family  still  possesses 
such  a  dwelling  near  to  the  forest.  They  are  within  hailing  distance  of  each 
other,  but  do  not  make  up  a  compact  settlement.  We  may  accept  the 


Fig.  22.     Hillside  clearing. 


Fig.  23.     Gabi  (taro)  field. 


35 


36  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

natives'  statements  that  this  was  the  early  condition.  A  few  tree  houses  are 
still  seen,  set  high  above  the  ground.  Long  poles  from  the  ground  to  the 
sides  or  floor  help  to  secure  the  structure.  Entrance  is  by  means  of  a  ladder 
which  can  be  drawn  up  in  case  of  need  (fig.  26).  Construction  is  much  like 
that  just  described. 

Under  the  prompting  of  the  Jesuits,  and  later  of  the  American  governor, 
villages  were  established  on  the  grasslands.  In  general  these  differed  but 
little  from  the  Bisayan  towns  along  the  coast.  Similar  villages  began  to 
appear  in  the  peripheral  areas  but  in  these,  houses  are  generally  without 
side  walls.  The  type  of  construction  is  illustrated  in  figure  24. 

Floors  of  the  dwellings  consist  of  broad  bamboo  strips  on  which  grass 
or  rattan  mats  are  laid.  The  latter  are  made  by  lacing  cords  around  narrow 
strips  of  rattan,  much  like  the  pattern  of  Venetian  blinds  (fig.  27).  In  case 
of  a  driving  rain  these  are  used  as  siding.  The  more  substantial  town  houses 
may  be  occupied  by  two  or  more  families,  although  the  tendency  is  toward 
single  family  occupancy.  Entrance  is  by  means  of  a  ladder;  doors  are  rare. 
A  knot  of  leaves  or  cogon  grass  tied  to  the  ladder  is  a  sign  that  the  occu- 
pants are  away  and  the  place  is  "taboo."  Anyone  violating  such  a  sign, 
either  at  a  house  or  on  a  trail  leading  to  a  field,  is  considered  an  intruder 
and  is  treated  accordingly. 

A  raised  seat  or  bed  may  occupy  a  sort  of  alcove  near  the  entrance. 
Chairs  are  lacking  since  the  people  normally  sit  on  their  heels  or  flat  on  the 
floor.  Mats  serve  as  beds  and  tables.  Each  person  has  a  long  narrow  pillow 
filled  with  tree  cotton,  which  usually  is  placed  against  the  back  or  below 
one  leg.  People  retire  fully  clad,  and  if  necessary,  add  a  cotton  blanket  as 
covering.  Occasionally  a  rattan  hammock  swings  in  one  corner  and  this 
may  serve  as  a  bed. 

An  inventory  of  household  eff'ects  will  be  found  in  the  following  section, 
but  a  good  idea  of  the  scanty  furnishings  is  supplied  in  figures  27  and  28. 
In  passing  we  should  note  three  stones  set  in  triangular  form  in  a  bed  of 
ashes  which  serve  as  a  fireplace.  Fire  burns  between  the  stones  on  which  a 
pot  of  rice  is  placed  until  it  starts  to  boil.  It  is  then  set  in  the  ashes  close 
enough  to  the  heat  so  that  the  cooking  continues.  Pottery  jars  and  sections 
of  bamboo  are  used  for  cooking  and  as  water  containers.  Coconut  shell 
cups  may  also  serve  as  dishes,  although  large  and  small  wooden  plates  are 
also  used.  Rattan  racks  fastened  to  the  wall  take  the  place  of  cupboards. 
Food  is  dipped  from  the  jars  with  wooden  spoons,  or  spoons  with  coconut 
shell  bowls,  but  it  is  normally  conveyed  to  the  mouth  by  the  fingers. 

Baskets  of  all  sizes  and  types  hang  against  the  walls  or  sit  on  the  floor. 
Some  are  used  for  storage,  others  to  carry  produce  from  the  fields,  and 
some  are  fish  baskets.  Figure  28  shows  a  simple  box-like  cradle  suspended 


i'ig.  24.     House  under  construction. 


Fig.  25.     Small  house  near  the  fields. 

37 


i 


Fig.  26.     Tree  house  on  the  Pulangi  River. 


Fig.  27.     Interior  of  Bukidnon  dweUing. 
38 


Fig.  28.     House  interior  showing  box-like  cradle. 


K:^^;:|:.     -  ^  ^  -  ^  ^  ,^  4  4  ^  ^>  ,j.  ^>.t>^  ^  •:i>-4i:;^fH 
■.>:!j- ;•.:■■%*  4-  -^r  4*  "^  =;'  -^J'  -^^  -^  'y  '^  ^1^  •***•  •>•  •'i*  <-  4^  •*■  •"•UM^?^ 

»  ■«  »*#  j'  •     :.•'<•*  V»    /.".a/AaA'.  A >''. A. *.'««•*..  A aVa A ••*•*•***>  a*V>a«Vaa.Vaa.Va4*Va  a.V*a/»\  A     •  ,  'titj.**- 


Fig.  29.    Wooden  chest  inlaid  with  mother-of-pearl. 
39 


I 


Fig.  30.     Rattan  wall  hanger  containing  coconut  shell  cups. 


40 


Fig.  31.     Rice  mortar  and  pestle. 


Fig.  32.    Rice  winnowers. 


41 


42 


THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 


Fig.  33.     Bukidnon  woman  grinding  corn  with  stone  corn-grinder. 


from  the  wall.  More  commonly  these  cradles  are  attached  to  long  bamboo   » 
poles  which  respond  to  the  movements  of  the  child,  so  that  it  jounces  itself 
to  sleep. 

Wooden  chests  and  Chinese  jars  often  stand  against  the  wall.  These 
still  are  acquired  through  trade  with  the  coast,  but  an  occasional  one  may 
be  a  valuable  old  piece  which  entered  the  islands  many  generations  ago 
(Cole,  1912).  Among  the  chests  are  a  few  carefully  made,  fitted  with 
locks,  and  inlaid  with  mother-of-pearl  in  design  (fig.  29).  These  are  highly 
prized  and  evidently  are  of  some  antiquity.  They  were  described  by  Father 
Clotet  (1889,  p.  299)  as  prized  possessions. 

Such  dwellings  appear  as  rather  untidy,  but  seldom  are  actually  dirty. 
The  floors  are  stained  from  the  red  spittle  resulting  from  chewing  betel 
nut;  the  walls  often  are  smoked  from  the  open  fire  or  torches,  but  refuse 
is  swept  through  the  cracks  of  the  floor  and,  if  edible,  is  promptly  consumed 
by  the  pigs  or  the  dogs. 


THE  COUNTRY  AND  THE  PEOPLE 


43 


Fig.  34.    Torch  holder. 


Fig.  35.    Bamboo  water  carrier. 


HOUSEHOLD  INVENTORY 

Mention  already  has  been  made  of  rattan  and  grass  mats,  of  pottery 
jars,  wooden  dishes  and  spoons,  baskets  of  various  sizes  and  uses,  also  of 
the  "stove,"  the  cradle,  wooden  chests  and  Chinese  jars.  To  this  list  should 
be  added: 

(1)  Large  rattan  wall  hangers  in  which  plates  and  coconut  shell  dishes 
are  kept  (fig.  30). 

(2)  Wall  hooks  or  hangers  for  garments. 

(3)  A  few  wooden  seats  or  benches. 

(4)  Wooden  mallets  used  to  beat  clothes  in  washing. 

(5)  Wooden  meat  blocks. 

(6)  Corn  or  camote  shredders — usually  a  piece  of  tin  punched  full  of 
holes  and  put  over  a  split  stick.  Green  corn  or  sweet  potatoes  are  drawn 
over  this  under  pressure. 


44  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

(7)  Rice  mortar  and  pestle.  The  mortar  is  made  from  a  hollowed  out 
log.  Threshed  rice  is  placed  in  this  and  pounded  with  a  wooden  pestle  until 
the  husks  are  loosened.  It  is  then  placed  on  a  rice  winnower  and  tossed  into 
the  air.  The  wind  blows  away  the  chaff  while  the  heavier  grains  fall  back 
onto  the  winnower  (figs.  31,  32). 

(8)  Winnower. 

(9)  Stone  corn-grinder — probably  a  late  introduction  from  the  coast 
(fig.  33). 

(10)  Torch  holders.  Blocks  of  wood  or  log  sections  with  holes  cut  in 
them  hold  torches  which  are  made  of  resin  wrapped  in  leaves  (fig.  34). 
Such  torches  are  also  suspended  from  hangers  attached  to  the  rafters.  Light 
is  also  obtained  from  wicks  fitted  into  dishes  filled  with  grease. 

(11)  Large  gourds  or  sections  of  bamboo — often  used  to  store  cleaned 
rice  to  protect  it  from  rodents  and  insects. 

(12)  Bamboo  tubes  with  inter-nodes  removed  are  used  to  carry  and 
store  water  (fig.  35). 

(13)  Rattan  hammocks — while  not  common  they  are  widely  dis- 
tributed over  the  territory. 

(14)  Pillows — long  narrow  pillows  filled  with  tree  cotton  are  used  with 
the  sleeping  mats.  One  is  placed  under  a  leg  or  at  the  back. 

(15)  Articles  of  dress,  also  shields,  spears  and  knives.  Drums  and  other 
musical  instruments  may  hang  on  the  walls — these  are  described  in  other 
sections.  Fish  traps  and  nets  often  are  found  beneath  the  house. 


IL    Making  a  Living 


Everyone  takes  some  part  in  food  gathering  and  agriculture.  Men  and 
boys  fish  and  hunt  occasionally;  women  and  girls  gather  shellfish  and 
jungle  roots.  Most  women  know  how  to  make  pottery  but  few  are  experts, 
and  the  art  is  declining,  due  to  trade  substitutes.  Mat-  and  basket-making 
are  important.  Young  girls  start  training  by  imitating  their  elders  but  soon 
find  such  work  an  important  part  of  their  regular  duties.  A  few  women 
weave  hemp  and  cotton  cloth.  It  is  evident  that  this  was  formerly  an  im- 
portant accomplishment  but  trade  cloth  from  the  coast  has  led  to  a  sharp 
decline  in  native  work.  On  the  other  hand  the  great  emphasis  laid  on 
applique  and  embroidery  of  garments  has  made  nearly  every  woman  an 
artist. 

Several  native  forges  were  observed  in  various  parts  of  the  territory,  and 
it  appears  that  the  Bukidnon  were  once  self-sufficient  in  the  production  of 
such  metal  objects  as  spears  and  knives.  Today  nearly  all  such  are  secured 
from  the  coast  or  from  the  Moros  of  Lake  Lanao.  The  Bukidnon  metal 
working  outfit  is  of  the  typical  Malayan  type,  consisting  of  two  cylinders 
hollowed  out  of  logs.  In  these  cylinders  plungers,  made  of  wood  with  a 
packing  of  feathers,  are  alternately  raised  and  lowered,  thus  forcing  the 
air  through  bamboo  tubes  into  a  bed  of  charcoal.  Knives  and  spearheads 
are  beaten  out  of  pig  iron  obtained  in  trade,  then  are  brought  to  a  white 
heat  and  held  over  a  container  filled  with  water.  The  operator  watches 
closely  and  when  the  cooling  metal  begins  to  turn  a  greenish  yellow  he 
dashes  it  into  the  water.  The  result  is  steel.  This  method  and  its  distribu- 
tion have  been  discussed  in  detail  in  another  volume  (Cole,  1945a,  pp.  167 
-168).  Brass  casting  by  the  wax  mould  process  was  once  common  but  has 
been  replaced  by  trade  articles  to  such  an  extent  that  the  art  has  nearly 
vanished.  The  Malayan  forge  is  used  for  reducing  the  metal. 

HUNTING  AND  TRAPPING 

Game  is  plentiful  but  the  men  are  not  ardent  sportsmen.  The  most 
common  method  of  hunting  is  for  a  party  to  surround  a  burned  over  plot 
and  to  drive  the  game  into  the  open.  Dogs  are  employed  and  when  an 
animal  is  brought  to  bay,  it  is  impaled  with  long  shafted  thrusting  spears. 
In  some  cases  nets  are  spread  at  strategic  points  toward  which  the  hunters 

45 


46  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

converge.  Deer  and  pig  are  sometimes  hunted  from  horseback,  the  rider 
seeking  to  thrust  a  long  spear  into  the  victim.  The  head  of  the  weapon  is 
detachable  but  is  fastened  to  the  shaft  by  means  of  a  long  cord.  If  the  head 
is  well  set  in  the  animal,  the  shaft  drags  through  the  underbrush  and  thus 
retards  escape  (fig.  37). 

All  members  of  a  hunting  party  share  equally  in  the  kill.  It  is  said  that 
any  surplus  will  be  cut  up  into  strips  and  after  being  salted  will  be  hung 
in  the  sun  to  dry.  It  is  doubtful  if  this  often  occurs.  On  several  occasions 
groups  of  natives  accompanied  the  writer  on  night  hunting  trips.  As  many 
as  three  deer  were  obtained  in  an  evening,  but  all  the  meat  was  consumed 
by  the  villagers  within  a  few  hours.  Single  hunters  do  not  stalk  the  game,  ; 
neither  do  they  use  any  decoys. 

The  bow  and  arrow  appears  as  a  toy,  but  its  serious  use  is  limited  to 
those  areas  close  to  the  wilder  tribes  to  the  east  and  south.  Small  bows 
fitted  with  rattan  strings  are  used  by  boys  to  kill  fish,  birds,  and  frogs.  The 
arrows  often  have  several  points  and  shooting  is  far  from  accurate  (fig.  36). 

Two  types  of  traps — slip  noose  and  deadfall — are  used  for  deer  and  pig. 
The  former  consists  of  a  long  line  with  a  slip  noose  at  one  end.  The  latter 
consists  of  two  light  timbers  set  in  triangle  form  over  the  runway  of  the 
game.  Two  small  posts  rest  against  these  at  about  the  height  of  a  deer's 
antlers.  Next  the  line  is  attached  to  a  tree  and  is  looped  around  the  tops 
of  the  timbers.  Then  the  slip  noose  is  spread  open  and  is  held  by  the  posts. 
An  antlered  animal  passing  between  the  timbers  has  its  horns  caught  in 
the  noose,  and  is  then  easily  speared.  \ 

A  deadfall  constructed  of  logs  (figs.  39,  40)  is  placed  in  the  runway 
with  a  release  cord  so  situated  that  a  passing  animal  will  trip  it  and  cause 
the  suspended  log  to  fall.  Stones  or  another  heavy  log  resting  on  it  give 
sufficient  weight  to  stun  or  kill  a  deer  or  pig. 

A  common  trap  is  a  slip  noose  variety  used  in  capturing  wild  chickens 
and  lizards  (fig.  41).  An  arch  is  made  of  a  twig  against  which  the  top  of  a 
trigger  rests.  The  lower  end  of  the  trigger  presses  against  a  cross-piece. 
Light  strips  of  bamboo  rest  on  the  cross-piece  and  on  the  ground;  on  these 
a  slip  noose  is  placed.  The  line,  of  which  the  slip  noose  is  a  part,  is  held 
taut  by  passing  between  the  trigger  and  the  arch.  From  there  it  passes  on 
to  be  attached  to  a  bent  branch.  The  bait  is  placed  on  and  beneath  the 
bamboo  strips.  The  weight  of  an  intruder  releases  the  trigger  and  causes 
the  noose  to  be  closed  around  its  legs.  It  is  claimed  that  similar,  but  larger, 
devices  are  sometimes  used  for  deer  and  pig,  but  none  was  seen.  Small  birds 
caught  in  snares  are  often  kept  on  perches  in  the  houses  as  pets. 

Chicken  snares  and  carrying  baskets,  like  those  in  use  throughout  the 
Philippines,  are  common.  Such  a  snare  consists  of  a  series  of  slip  nooses 
attached  to  a  common  band.  This  band  is  set  in  a  square  or  circle  and  is 


Fig.  36.     Small  bow  and  arrow  used  by  boys. 


mam 


Fig.  37.     Bukidnon  spears. 


Fig.  38.    Torch  holder  used  in  hunting  frogs. 

47 


48 


THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 


Fig.  39.    Deer  and  pig  trap. 

held  by  sticks  so  that  each  noose  Hes  nearly  flat.  In  the  center  of  the 
square  a  tame  rooster  is  tied.  The  crowing  of  this  fowl  attracts  the  wild  ^ 
birds,  which  come  in  to  fight.  As  the  intruder  moves  back  and  forth  a  leg 
is  soon  caught  and  held  in  a  noose. 

Frogs  are  hunted  at  night  by  means  of  a  torch  and  a  many-pointed 
bamboo  spear.  A  shield  is  attached  to  the  torch  to  protect  the  eyes  of  the 
hunter  (fig.  38).  Apparently  the  frogs  are  blinded  by  the  glare  and  are 
easily  taken.  Young  boys  are  quite  adept  at  this  sport.  Parrots  and  small 
birds  are  secured  by  placing  "bird  lime"  where  they  congregate.  The  sap 
of  the  breadfruit  tree  is  spread  on  a  stick  which  is  then  fastened  at  a  likely 
spot.  Birds  lighting  on  it  are  held  like  a  fly  on  fly  paper. 


FISHING 

Fish  are  secured  in  traps  similar  to  those  in  use  through  Malaysia.  As  a 
rule  they  are  made  out  of  bamboo,  torpedo  shaped  with  a  funnel  opening 
at  one  end  and  a  removable  cap  at  the  other  (fig.  42).  The  funnel  is  made 
of  bamboo  spikes  set  close  together.  A  fish  can  push  through  these,  with 
ease,  to  enter  the  trap  but  cannot  return.  Such  traps  are  set  at  the  ends  of 
stone  channels  through  which  the  water  of  a  stream  is  diverted,  or  they 
may  be  baited  and  placed  in  pools.  A  less  common  device,  made  like  a 
truncated  cone  with  both  ends  open  (fig.  43),  is  used  in  muddy  water. 


MAKING  A  LIVING 


49 


Fig.  40.    Deadfall  trap  for  deer  and  pigs. 


The  fisherman  pushes  this  down  to  the  bottom,  then  inserts  his  arm  and 
feels  around  for  any  fish  which  may  have  been  trapped. 

Small  fish  nets,  used  by  women,  consist  of  nets  fastened  to  poles,  one  of 
which  is  held  in  each  hand.  The  operator  holds  the  net  down  stream,  then 
with  her  feet  she  moves  rocks  under  which  fish  may  be  hiding.  These  dart 
down  stream  and  into  the  net.  Three  or  more  men  sometimes  manipulate 
a  large  hemp  net  weighted  with  stone  sinkers.  Two  drag  the  extended  net 
slowly  up  stream  toward  the  third  man,  who  drives  fish  down  by  overturn- 
ing rocks  on  the  stream  bottom. 

An  old  method — fish  poisoning — is  used  where  conditions  permit.  Dried 
berries  called  lagtang,  probably  Anamirta  coccultis  (L.)  W.  and  A.,  are  roasted 
and  crushed  into  a  powder.  This  is  placed  in  damp  moss  which  is  wrapped 
around  a  stone  and  thrown  into  a  quiet  pool.  Soon  stupefied  fish  rise  to  the 
surface.  The  method  is  effective  but  is  of  limited  use  due  to  the  fact  that 
swiftly  flowing  streams  off'er  few  favorable  pools. 

Eel  traps — like  those  of  widespread  use — are  found  here.  A  long  tube- 
like basket  has  an  outside  spring  made  of  a  bent  limb.  This  is  held  by  means 
of  a  trigger  attached  to  a  cap  at  the  open  end.  The  device  is  baited  with  a 
frog,  at  the  far  end,  which  is  also  attached  to  the  trigger.  When  an  eel 
enters  and  attempts  to  drag  out  the  bait  it  releases  the  trigger  and  the 


Fig.  41 .     Slip  nose  trap  for  wild  chickens  and  lizards. 


Fig.  42.     Funnel  fish  trap. 


50 


MAKING  A  LIVING 


51 


spring  pulls  the  door  shut.  Some  hooks  and  lines  are  used  but  doubtless 
are  of  recent  introduction.  Much  of  the  fishing  and  gathering  of  shellfish 
is  done  by  the  women.  When  thus  engaged  they  attach  small  covered 
baskets  to  their  belts  and  into  them  drop  the  catch. 


VM«?' 


Fig.  43.     Cone  fish  trap. 


Compared  to  most  Philippine  tribes  the  Bukidnon  appear  singularly 
lacking  in  interest  in  hunting  and  fishing,  and  in  all  ceremonial  connected 
with  them.  The  devices  used  are  those  commonly  employed  throughout 
Malaysia. 

AGRICULTURE  AND  ITS  RITUALS 

As  already  noted,  most  Bukidnon  farms  are  clearings  near  streams  or  on 
forested  hillsides.  A  man  selects  a  desirable  plot  and  summons  his  neighbors 
to  assist  him.  Later  he  will  return  services  in  kind. 

Before  any  work  is  done  the  prospective  owner  must  square  accounts 
with  the  spirit  world.  It  is  well  known  that  in  the  first  times  the  earth  was 
like  a  person.  If  it  was  cut  it  would  bleed,  and  the  spirit  would  suffer. 
Likewise  the  trees  were  like  humans.  To  compensate  and  appease  them 
the  owner  and  his  friends  go  to  the  edge  of  the  plot  and  build  a  little  plat- 


52  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

form.  At  the  foot  of  this  they  tie  live  chickens,  while  rice,  eggs  and  betel 
nut  prepared  for  chewing  are  placed  on  top.  Then  the  owner  addresses  the 
spirits  of  earth,  stones,  cliffs,  baliti  (Ficus  spp.)  trees  and  vines  which  are 
on  the  land  desired,  in  addition  to  the  more  powerful  being,  saying:  "Do 
not  be  angry  with  us  who  clean  the  land.  Do  not  be  offended  for  we  now 
offer  chickens,  rice,  betel  nut  and  drink.  Let  the  seed  bear  good  crops." 
Then  the  chickens  are  killed,  and  while  the  women  prepare  food  some  of 
the  men  start  clearing  the  land. 

Underbrush  is  slashed  with  working  knives;  small  trees  are  cut  and 
larger  ones  girdled  by  means  of  adzes — iron  blades  set  in  wooden  handles. 
Then  when  certain  constellations  appear  in  the  proper  place  in  the  sky 
it  is  known  that  the  time  has  arrived  to  set  fire  to  the  dry  debris.  A  few 
days  later  unburned  portions  are  made  into  piles  and  are  refired.  Despite 
this  the  fields  usually  appear  rather  disorderly,  with  large  trunks  lying 
where  they  have  fallen.  It  really  is  unnecessary  to  remove  them  for  within 
a  few  months  they  will  have  been  eaten  up  by  the  anav  or  "white  ants" — 
termites  (see  fig.  22).  When  the  food  is  ready  the  workers  return  to  the 
little  platform.  Again  the  spirits  are  summoned  and  after  they  have  had  an 
opportunity  to  partake  of  the  offerings  they  are  besought  to  be  satisfied 
with  their  pay  and  not  to  cause  injury  to  those  who  now  would  use  the 
land. 

Before  the  planting  begins  a  second  ceremony  must  be  made  for 
Ibabasd,  the  spirit  who  lives  in  and  guards  the  field.  (Clotet  [1889,  p.  294] 
says  that  the  god  of  the  fields  is  known  as  Tagumbanua.  The  Kaliga  cere- 
mony is  made  for  him.  He  mentions  a  powerful  spirit  Ibabasug  as  the  one 
invoked  in  childbirth.)  A  stick  about  two  feet  long  is  sharpened  at  one 
end  "like  a  planting  stick"  and  with  it  a  few  holes  are  made  in  the  soil. 
This  done,  it  is  placed  firmly  in  the  ground  within  the  field,  and  to  it  leaves 
are  tied.  The  device — now  known  as  kalotan — is  surrounded  with  the  seed 
rice  and  prepared  betel  nut  is  placed  on  a  little  table  of  bark.  Next  a 
chicken  is  killed  and  as  the  bavlan  addresses  the  spirits  he  sprinkles  blood 
on  the  kalotan  and  on  the  seed  rice.  His  prayer,  first  addressed  to  the 
superior  spirits  and  then  to  Ibabaso  is  as  follows:  "Please  now  allow  this  rice 
to  thrive;  keep  animals  from  molesting  or  destroying  it,  for  now  we  offer 
blood  to  you."  This  done,  the  flesh  of  the  fowl  is  cooked  and  eaten  by  the 
workers,  who  also  chew  the  betel  nut. 

Planting  can  now  be  undertaken  unless  a  further  ceremony  connected 
with  Kaliga-6n  (p.  107)  is  required.  In  Central  Mindanao  the  Kaliga  is  a 
ceremony  made  after  harvest  by  all  the  people.  Each  owner  of  a  field  goes 
there  with  friends  who  sing  as  they  go.  The  owner  carries  two  sticks  under 
his  arms.  A  jar  of  liquor  is  placed  in  the  house  and  all  drink  and  sing  from 
afternoon  to  morning. 


MAKING  A  LIVING  53 

If  a  person  falls  sick  before  planting  time  a  small  ceremony  is  held  to 
determine  if  one  of  the  spirits  of  Kaliga-6n  is  responsible.  At  that  time  the 
baylan  cuts  off  a  bit  of  a  chicken's  comb  and  promises  the  spirit  involved 
that  a  little  house  will  be  erected  for  him  in  the  field.  This  will  be  done  at 
once  and  must  always  be  placed  above  the  kaldtan  just  mentioned.  Other 
illnesses  are  met  by  promises  of  ceremonies  "when  harvest  time  is  past." 
This  agreement  is  also  sealed  by  clipping  off  a  bit  of  a  chicken's  comb. 

Most  of  the  planting  is  done  by  the  women,  although  men  may  assist. 
One  or  more  persons  carrying  long  sticks  sharpened  at  one  end  move  in 
straight  lines  punching  holes  into  the  ground.  Others  follow,  dropping  the 
seed  rice  into  the  holes  and  then  pushing  in  earth  with  their  feet.  Inform- 
ants named  nine  kinds  of  rice,  none  of  which  is  grown  in  wet  land  plots. 
In  the  grasslands  where  the  government  furnishes  animal-drawn  plows 
for  breaking  the  soil  a  line  of  eight  or  ten  men  use  poles  to  punch  holes  into 
which  they  drop  the  seed. 

Villages  like  Limbayao,  close  to  the  Manobo,  hold  a  two  day  ceremony 
for  the  ancestors  and  other  spirits  just  before  the  planting.  A  little  altar  is 
erected  to  which  pigs,  chickens  and  liquor  are  brought.  Through  the  first 
night  the  people  drink  and  sing;  then  next  morning  they  slaughter  and 
offer  the  animals. 

No  great  amount  of  care  is  given  to  the  growing  crop  although  the 
women  do  some  weeding.  But  as  harvest  time  approaches  the  scene 
changes.  Unless  they  are  prevented,  monkeys,  deer,  and  rice-birds  will 
secure  the  major  part  of  the  crop.  To  guard  against  them  little  houses  are 
set  high  on  piles  so  as  to  overlook  the  growing  grain.  From  these  structures 
bamboo  or  rattan  lines  radiate  in  all  directions.  These  are  attached  to  split 
bamboo  sticks  which  act  as  clappers.  The  operator  in  the  shelter  pulls  the 
cords  from  time  to  time.  This  makes  a  great  clatter  which  frightens  the 
birds  or  causes  larger  intruders  to  beat  a  retreat.  If  the  land  is  at  a  distance 
from  the  settlement,  the  field  house  may  be  set  in  the  branches  of  a  tree 
to  give  protection  to  the  caretaker  against  raiders.  In  such  cases  the  entire 
family  may  reside  there  during  the  critical  period  of  crop  growth. 

When  the  harvest  time  comes  the  owner  goes  alone  to  the  kaldtan  and 
cuts  enough  rice  to  feed  the  family,  their  helpers  and  guests.  This  rice  must 
be  cut  with  a  small  blade  similar  to  that  so  widespread  throughout 
Malaysia  (Cole,  1945a,  p.  165).  The  blade  is  attached  to  a  cylinder  which 
is  held  between  the  third  and  fourth  fingers.  This  leaves  the  first  finger  free 
to  catch  the  stalk.  The  thumb  then  presses  it  against  the  metal  (fig.  44). 

When  sufficient  rice  has  been  cut  it  is  placed  beside  the  kaldtan.  This 
breaks  the  taboo  and  others  may  then  help.  Women  cook  the  new  rice,  a 
chicken  is  prepared  for  food  and  betel  nut  is  made  ready  for  chewing. 


54 


THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 


The  feast  is  spread  on  mats  and  the  baylan  addresses  Ibabasd  and  other 
spirits  which  had  been  summoned  at  planting  time.  To  them  he  says: 
"Now  come  here  and  eat.  Here  are  chicken  and  rice  and  betel  nut  for 
you  to  chew.  Now  I  tell  you  that  our  rice  is  matured  and  I  wish  very  much 
to  eat  it,  but  I  allow  you  to  eat  before  we 'do."  The  spirits  are  given  time 


Fig.  44.     Rice  knife. 


for  their  repast  and  then  the  baylan  summons  the  people.  When  they  have 
finished  eating  they  may  begin  the  harvesting  of  the  field,  for  the  spirits 
are  now  satisfied. 

As  the  grain  is  cut  it  is  tied  into  bundles  and  is  placed  in  the  sun  to  dry. 
No  granaries  are  provided  so  the  rice  is  then  removed  from  the  straw, 
beaten  in  mortars  to  loosen  the  chaff,  winnowed  and  then  stored  in  bam- 
boo tubes  or  in  bags. 

After  the  harvest,  when  sufficient  food  is  available,  all  the  people  who 
have  made  pledges  prepare  to  celebrate  the  Kaliga-6n  ceremony.  Rice, 
chickens  and  in  some  cases  pigs,  drink  and  betel  nut  are  made  ready.  The 
first  and  second  days  are  devoted  chiefly  to  singing  and  dancing,  with  oc- 
casional offerings  of  betel  nut  to  the  spirits.  On  the  third  morning  the 
baylans  go  to  the  fields  accompanied  by  all  who  are  under  pledge  to  give 
the  ceremony.  They  go  to  the  spirit  houses,  repair  each  one  and  then  place 
food  and  drink  and  live  fowls  nearby.  The  spirits  who  have  been  residing 
in  the  structures  and  have  cared  for  the  fields  are  now  invited  to  eat  and 
to  chew  betel  nut  with  the  mortals  they  have  aided.  A  baylan  cuts  the  throat 
of  a  rooster  and  sprinkles  blood  on  the  spirit  house  and  on  the  person  giv- 
ing the  ceremony.  The  symbol  of  the  spirit  is  removed  from  its  place  and 


MAKING  A  LIVING  55 

is  carried  to  the  edge  of  the  town.  There  the  group  awaits  parties  coming 
from  other  fields. 

When  al]  have  assembled  they  go  to  the  center  of  the  village  and  erect 
a  large  platform  to  which  they  tie  the  animals  to  be  sacrificed.  On  this 
platform  are  placed  rice,  eggs  and  other  off"erings.  A  spirit  image  now  ap- 
pears, whereupon  the  animals  are  slaughtered  and  blood  is  splashed  over 
the  figure.  All  is  silent  except  for  the  voices  of  the  baylans  calling  to  the 
spirits  to  come  to  the  village,  to  enter  the  houses  and  partake  of  food  and 
drink.  In  each  dwelling  involved  ajar  of  liquor  is  opened;  a  mat  is  spread 
on  the  floor  and  on  it  are  placed  off"erings  of  beads,  needles,  rings  and  the 
like.  Food  is  piled  high  on  banana  leaves  and  the  spirits  are  urged  to  eat. 
They  are  reminded  that  the  people  have  kept  their  pledges,  and  that  all 
still  ailing  should  be  restored  to  health.  When  the  spirits  have  had  ample 
time  to  finish  their  repast,  the  "remaining"  food  is  divided  into  little  piles 
— one  for  each  person.  Most  of  it  is  eaten  at  once  but  any  which  is  left  will 
be  placed  on  banana  leaves  and  be  carried  home.  Drinking  and  singing 
continue  through  that  day  and  night. 

The  chief  crop  is  rice,  but  corn  and  sugar  cane  are  sometimes  planted 
in  a  new  clearing.  After  one  season  the  field  will  be  given  over  to  camotes, 
Ipomoea  batatas  (L.)  Poir. ;  gabi,  Colocasia  esadentum  (L.)  Schott.;  or  hemp, 
Musa  textilis  Nee.  Small  amounts  of  tobacco,  cotton,  and  piper  plants 
are  also  raised.  The  procedure  for  clearing  land  is  always  the  same,  but 
rice  is  the  only  crop  associated  with  the  ceremonies  just  mentioned.  A  few 
betel  nut  and  coconut  palms  or  banana  trees  may  appear  close  to  the 
houses  or  lining  the  streets  of  the  model  villages,  but  they  are  not  produced 
in  quantity.  In  settlements  once  under  control  of  the  priests  coffee  and 
other  introduced  trees  and  shrubs  may  still  thrive. 

While  the  amount  of  tobacco  raised  is  limited  it  is  important,  for  the 
leaf  is  used  by  most  people  in  connection  with  betel  nut  chewing.  When 
the  leaves  are  mature  they  are  stripped  from  stems  and  midribs  and  are 
rolled  into  balls.  These  are  placed  between  two  boards  which  are  tied 
together  and  the  leaves  are  then  dried  for  four  or  five  days.  When  removed 
from  the  boards  a  number  will  be  wrapped  in  a  banana  leaf  and  will  be 
hung  above  the  fire  until  thoroughly  cured.  In  no  instance  did  we  see 
tobacco  smoked,  but  Clotet,  writing  in  1889,  says  it  was  then  smoked  in 
small  clay,  wood  or  horn  pipes  with  bamboo  mouth  pieces  (Clotet,  1889, 
p.  301). 

Reference  has  been  made  to  a  fermented  drink  known  as  agkEd  or 
pangasi.  The  first  step  in  its  production  is  to  pound  rice  into  a  fine  powder 
and  to  soak  it  thoroughly.  To  this  is  added  powdered  pepper  and  ginger 
and  if  available  some  sugar  cane  juice.  The  mixture,  then  known  as  tapay, 
or  ferment,  is  made  into  cakes  which  are  sun  dried.  When  all  is  ready  one 


56  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

or  more  cakes  are  mashed  and  are  sprinkled  over  cooked  rice.  This  is 
wrapped  in  leaves  and  is  put  in  a  basket  until  it  begins  to  ferment.  It  then 
is  transferred  to  a  jar,  and  is  kept  tightly  closed  until  nearly  all  of  it  has 
become  liquid.  It  is  then  ready  to  drink.  Two  long  bamboo  tubes  are  used 
to  suck  it  from  the  jar.  The  residue  is  eaten. 

In  addition  to  the  foods  mentioned,  the  following  are  raised  and  used 
in  minor  quantities: 

Two  or  three  kinds  of  beans. 

Onions. 

Sugar  cane. 

A  small  red  pepper  called  sili  {Capsicum  Jrutescens  L.)  for  seasoning. 

Ginger  (Zingiber  officinale  Rose.)  for  seasoning. 

Squash. 

Eggplant. 

Also  an  occasional  pineapple,  jack  fruit  and  breadfruit. 

To  this  list  should  be  added  fronds  of  young  ferns,  various  bulbs,  a 
variety  of  young  bamboo,  the  heart  of  the  palma  brava  tree,  mushrooms, 
and  other  wild  products,  such  as  leaves  and  seed  pods. 

Domesticated  and  wild  plants  and  trees  furnish  the  major  food  supplies. 
To  these  should  be  added  chicken,  eggs  and  pigs — especially  at  times  of 
ceremonies.  Decrepit  horses  and  carabao  are  also  eaten.  When  slaughtered 
the  blood  is  saved  and  is  cooked  with  the  entrails;  very  little  of  such  an 
animal  is  discarded. 

Most  wild  animals — such  as  deer,  pigs,  lizards — as  well  as  wild  chicken, 
birds,  doves,  parrots  and  bats  are  utilized.  Grasshoppers,  frogs  and  some 
snakes  are  eaten.  Most  prized  among  the  latter  is  the  boa  constrictor.  It  is 
roasted,  cut  into  sections  and  further  cooked  with  tomatoes,  pepper  leaves, 
salt  and  coconut  meat  if  available.  Rats  are  seldom  eaten,  and  crows  are 
refused  "because  they  eat  dead  men." 

Fourteen  varieties  of  fish,  all  of  which  are  eaten,  were  recorded.  To 
these  should  be  added  eels,  shrimps,  crabs  and  shellfish.  The  latter  are 
cooked  in  salt  water  and  the  meat  removed  with  thin  splints  of 
bamboo. 

Note  has  already  been  made  of  the  fermented  rice  wine  called  agkEd  or 
pangasi.  A  less  common  drink — sinobog  or  tuba — is  made  by  adding  peppers 
and  tungog  to  sugar  cane  juice.  This  is  put  into  bamboo  tubes  and  is  al- 
lowed to  stand  two  or  three  days. 

Coffee  and  cacao  are  raised  in  the  Central  Valley.  Most  of  them  is 
sold  to  the  coast  but  some  is  consumed  locally.  Both  are  roasted  in  a  pot, 
are  mashed  or  pounded  and  hot  water  is  added. 


MAKING  A  LIVING  57 

MEDICINES 

Nearly  all  illnesses  are  considered  to  be  caused  by  spirits  or  by  magic. 
Proper  ceremonies  are  held  to  appease  or  counteract  the  unfavorable 
conditions,  but  in  addition  to  these  a  number  of  "medicines"  are  used. 
The  names  of  twenty-three  of  these  were  gathered  and  identified.  For 
stomach  pains  or  headache  certain  leaves  or  slices  of  lemon  are  heated  and 
applied  like  a  poultice.  Another  treatment  is  to  chew  the  bark  of  the 
yow-yow  tree.  Pains  in  the  side  or  chest  are  treated  by  applying  a  powder 
made  from  a  plant  like  garlic  or  by  scrapings  of  certain  barks.  Open  sores 
are  treated  by  covering  them  with  "green"  cotton — just  taken  from  the 
pod — or  by  a  sticky  juice  obtained  from  the  root  of  the  dungau  plant. 

A  medicine  "with  great  power"  is  the  dried  gall  of  the  boa  constrictor. 
A  little  of  this  is  made  into  a  powder,  put  into  water  and  drunk  as  a  cure 
for  stomach  ache. 

During  their  menstrual  periods  the  women  wear  leg  bands  made  from 
the  cuticle  of  ferns,  a  sea  grass  and  orchid  stems  wrapped  around  central 
splints.  These  are  also  said  to  give  strength  to  the  wearer  on  long  walks. 
Similar  bands  are  worn  by  men  as  a  protection  against  threatened  sickness. 

Our  medicine  kit  was  held  in  great  respect,  and  some  of  our  "cures" 
were  little  less  than  phenomenal.  Quinine,  castor  oil  and  similar  remedies 
were  really  effective,  but  many  cases  were  beyond  our  diagnosis  or  were 
imaginary.  For  these  we  rolled  brown  bread  pills  in  quinine  and  the 
strongest  tasting  ingredients  we  possessed,  and  gave  them  to  our  patients. 
Some,  so  ill  that  they  were  carried  to  us,  made  such  rapid  recovery  that 
they  walked  out.  One  woman  who  had  been  hooked  by  a  carabao  more 
than  a  year  before  and  had  been  sick  ever  since  was  so  improved  within 
the  hour  that  she  was  taking  part  in  a  dance.  As  our  reputation  grew  our 
patients  increased.  They  loved  castor  oil  and  soon  our  stock  was  so 
threatened  that  we  had  to  change  to  Epsom  salts,  and  we  lost  many  cus- 
tomers as  a  result. 

HOUSEHOLD  AND  VILLAGE  INDUSTRIES 

Basketry 

The  woman  is  the  basket  maker,  and  in  the  manufacture  of  her  wares 
she  employs  chiefly  three  materials — bamboo,  rattan  and  pandanus. 

Not  much  attention  is  given  to  decoration,  but  such  an  effect  is  some- 
times achieved  by  alternating  the  outer  "enameled"  strips  with  the  dull 
inner  ones.  In  some  cases  colored  bands  of  bamboo  also  are  used.  A  perma- 
nent black  is  achieved  by  applying  juice  of  the  banana  blossom  or  of  the 
tuba-tuba  (probably  Jastropha  curcas  L.)  to  strips  which  are  then  held  in 
the  smoke  of  burning  resin. 


1 


58 


THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 


Fig.  45.     Large  carrying  baskets. 


Four  weaves  and  their  variants  are  used: 

(1)  Checkerwork:  In  this  the  warp  and  weft  are  of  uniform  size  and 
pHabiHty,  and  each  element  passes  over  one  and  under  one  of  the  other, 
thus  forming  square  or  rectangular  checks.  A  variant  of  this  weave  is  found 
in  certain  baskets  in  which  the  warp  is  crossed  and  the  weft  passes  through 
in  regular  order,  so  as  to  produce  hexagonal  openings. 

(2)  Diagonal  or  twilled:  Two  or  more  weft  strands  pass  over  two  or 
more  warp  elements,  but  not  the  same  in  adjoining  rows;  also  the  warp  and 
weft  both  run  diagonally. 

(3)  Wickerwork:  In  this  the  warp  is  rigid;  the  smaller  and  more 
flexible  weft  passes  under  one  and  over  one  of  the  former. 

(4)  Crossed  weft:  Here  two  sets  of  wefts  cross  each  other  at  an  angle 
and  interlace  a  rigid  warp. 

The  woman  is  the  usual  carrier  of  field  products.  Her  load  is  supported 
by  a  band  passing  around  her  forehead  and  to  the  basket,  which  rests  on 
her  back.  When  carried  by  a  man  the  basket  is  fitted  with  bands  which 
pass  over  the  shoulders,  thus  holding  the  receptacle  close  to  his  back  (fig. 


MAKING  A  LIVING 


59 


:^H93 


Fig.  46.    Large  baskets  used  on  horses  or  carabao. 


45).  For  long  trips  a  large  basket  is  attached  to  the  side  of  a  horse  or 
carabao  (fig.  46). 

Large  baskets  or  bark  containers  are  set  at  convenient  spots  in  the  field 
during  harvest  time;  they  also  stand  near  the  forges  to  hold  charcoal. 
Similar  baskets  are  used  for  general  storage  in  the  houses.  Small  baskets  of 
pandanus  are  often  attached  to  the  women's  belts  to  hold  odds  and  ends. 
Better  made  containers  are  regularly  worn  and  take  the  place  of  pockets 
(figs.  47,  48).  Rice  sacks  of  straw  (fig.  49)  are  designed  to  hold  clean  rice. 
When  filled  they  may  be  used  as  units  of  exchange — "so  many  sacks  of 
rice." 

The  methods  of  mat-making  and  of  constructing  rice  winnowers  are 
closely  related  to  basketry.  Mats  are  usually  made  of  a  wild  grass  although 
rattan  is  also  used.  The  grass  is  dried  and  is  flattened  by  being  drawn  under 
the  edge  of  a  knife.  Coloring,  when  desired,  is  accomplished  by  placing  the 
strands  in  liquid  vegetable  dyes.  The  chief  coloring  materials  are  obtained 
from  talisay  {Terminalia  catappa  L.)  and  tagom  {Indigofera  tinctoria  L.  or  /. 
teysmanni  Miq.),  or  from  the  juice  of  the  banana  blossom  which  after  being 
applied  is  held  in  the  smoke  of  burning  resin. 

Mats  serve  as  beds,  as  seats  for  guests,  as  tables  and  even  as  musical 
instruments,  as  well  as  wrapping  for  the  dead.  Crude  mats  of  pandanus 
are  also  used  for  drying  grains,  coff"ee  and  the  like. 


Fig.  47.    Trinket  basket  (L)  and  rice  basket  (R). 


Fig.  48.    A  group  of  small  baskets. 


60 


MAKING  A  LIVING 


61 


Fig.  49.     Rice  bags. 


Weaving 

Hemp  (Musa  textilis  Nee),  which  is  raised  in  considerable  quantity,  is 
the  chief  article  of  export.  Apparently  it  was  once  used  locally  to  a  much 
greater  extent  than  at  present.  Today  most  of  the  product  is  carried  to  the 
coast  where  it  is  sold  or  bartered  for  cotton  cloth  and  other  desired  ma- 
terials. The  hemp  plant  closely  resembles  the  banana,  but  is  grown  in 
considerable  acreage  whereas  bananas  occur  in  groups  of  three  or  four 
plants.  When  sufficient  material  is  ready  it  is  carried  to  the  stripper.  This 
is  a  simple  device  (figs.  50,  51)  consisting  of  an  iron  blade  resting  on  a  hard 
wood  block.  The  handle  of  the  blade  turns  on  a  wooden  pivot  and  one  end 
is  attached  to  a  bamboo  spring.  As  the  handle  is  drawn  up  the  blade  is 
forced  down.  The  operator  raises  the  blade  by  means  of  a  foot  treadle, 
which  draws  the  handle  down.  He  places  a  strip  of  hemp  on  the  wooden 
block,  the  foot  pressure  is  removed  and  the  knife  descends.  Grasping  one 
end  of  the  strip  the  operator  draws  it  toward  him  thus  removing  the  pulp. 
The  fibre  is  hung  in  the  sun  to  dry  and  then  is  tied  into  bundles  and  is 
ready  to  be  carried  to  the  coast.  The  work  is  hard  and  a  man  seldom 
strips  hemp  for  more  than  a  few  days  at  a  time. 

Skirts  and  blankets  of  hemp  formerly  were  made  by  the  "tie  and  dye" 
process  so  common  in  the  Davao  Gulf  region  (Cole,  1913,  pp.  83-84).  Only 


Fig.  50.     Stripping  hemp. 


Fig.  51.     Details  of  hemp  stripper. 
62 


MAKING  A  LIVING  63 

a  few  of  the  women  still  do  this  type  of  work  and  soon  it  will  be  a  lost  art 
in  this  tribe.  The  method  employed  is  as  follows:  Warp  threads  are  placed 
on  a  long  frame  and  the  design  is  tied  in  by  overwrapping  all  portions 
which  are  to  remain  uncolored.  When  this  is  completed  the  warp  is  re- 
moved from  the  frame  and  is  placed  in  cold  liquid  dye.  When  thoroughly 
soaked  it  is  hung  up  to  dry.  The  process  is  repeated  until  the  desired  color 
is  obtained.  Ultimately  the  overwrapping  is  removed,  revealing  the  un- 
colored portions.  The  warp  threads  are  then  placed  on  a  loom  and  the 
weft  is  woven  in. 

Weaving  in  both  cotton  and  hemp  is  done  on  a  backstrap  loom.  For  the 
hemp  all  designs  are  tied  into  the  warp,  but  the  figures  in  cotton  are  ob- 
tained by  placing  the  threads  on  a  frame  (fig.  27)  which  has  rods  cor- 
responding to  the  lease  rods  of  the  loom.  Designs  are  obtained  by  the 
manipulation  of  these  rods,  as  the  shuttle  is  run  back  and  forth  on  the 
loom. 

Only  a  small  amount  of  cotton  is  raised.  Seeds  are  removed  by  a  device 
which  operates  on  the  principle  of  a  clothes  wringer.  Spinning  is  equally 
simple.  A  thread  is  twisted  out  of  a  wad  of  cotton  and  is  attached  to  a 
spindle.  This  is  operated  with  the  free  hand.  As  the  spindle  turns  it  twists 
out  new  thread  from  the  cotton  held  in  the  left  hand.  When  the  spindle 
stops  the  thread  is  wound  up  on  the  shaft  and  the  process  is  repeated.  This 
is  an  old  method  found  in  most  of  the  coastal  areas  of  Malaysia. 

Pottery 

This  art,  like  weaving,  is  disappearing  as  a  result  of  trade  but  some 
women  still  practice  it.  Clay  is  kneaded  by  hand  and  is  placed  on  a  dish 
which  sits  on  a  rice  winnower.  Nearby  is  a  coconut  shell  filled  with  water. 
The  clay  is  shaped  with  the  fingers,  is  beaten  and  thinned  with  a  paddle 
applied  to  the  outside  over  a  stone  held  inside.  Final  shaping  and  smooth- 
ing are  achieved  by  applying  a  damp  cloth  to  the  surface  as  the  dish  is 
turned  slowly  with  the  free  hand.  Scroll  designs  are  incised  or  may  be 
added  with  a  small  stencil.  Smooth  stones  are  used  to  rub  over  the  sur- 
faces. Any  designs  are  placed  just  below  the  rim.  Firing  is  done  by  laying 
bamboo  sticks  around  the  pot — in  the  manner  of  laying  a  rail  fence.  This 
when  fired  makes  a  hot  but  even  fire  sufficient  to  bake  the  clay  (fig.  52). 

Carving  and  Decorative  Art 

A  few  very  crude  representations  of  human  beings  appear  in  the  cere- 
monies, but  they  consist  of  little  more  than  the  suggestion  of  a  head  cut 
out  of  a  pole,  with  indications  of  eyes,  nose  and  mouth.  Such  figures  serve 
only  once  and  are  then  discarded. 


64 


THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 


Fig.  52.    Firing  pottery. 


Fig.  53.     "Guitars"  or  boat  lutes. 


Long,  narrow  "guitars"  (fig.  53)  frequently  have  the  lower  end  carved 
to  represent  one  or  two  heads  of  crocodiles  or  birds,  while  the  upper  end 
is  the  tail. 

Shields  (figs.  54,  55)  may  have  elevated  centers  or  be  inlaid  with  beads 
and  surrounded  with  tufts  of  horse  hair.  The  edges  may  also  have  a  fringe 
of  hair.  In  addition,  simple  designs  in  straight  or  curved  black  lines  may 
be  added  to  the  front  and  back.  In  a  few  instances  the  handles  or  scab- 
bards of  knives  may  be  carved  to  represent  a  star  or  may  be  inlaid  with 
white  beads.  Women's  combs  and  a  few  of  the  earrings  have  incised  designs 


Fig.  54.     Circular  shield  showing  front. 


Fig.  55.     Circular  shield  showing  hand  grip. 


65 


\>M.^ 


0000 


Fig.  55A.    Designs  in  patchwork  decoration. 
66 


MAKING  A  LIVING  67 

on  the  surface.  Frequently  the  bamboo  containers  used  in  connection  with 
betel  nut  chewing  are  incised  with  designs  similar  to  those  seen  in  the 
garments. 

Baskets  rarely  and  mats  usually  have  decorative  effects  produced  in  the 
weaving.  In  the  mats  various  colored  straws  are  intentionally  used  "to 
make  the  mats  pretty."  Old  time  weaving  in  hemp  shows  decorative  ef- 
fects produced  by  the  "tie  and  dye"  method,  while  simple  designs  are 
woven  into  modern  cotton  blankets.  All  these  efforts  apply  to  a  very  small 
percentage  of  articles  in  use,  and  the  general  effect  is  that  of  a  very  drab 
material  culture — except  for  clothing.  Elaborate  patchwork  and  em- 
broidered designs  are  added  to  jackets,  trousers,  skirts,  shoulder  and  head 
cloths,  and  to  men's  cloth  bags. 

All  patchwork  decoration  is  known  as  ginontinan,  "cut  out  with  scissors." 
Many  designs  have  only  pattern  names  which  vary  according  to  the  way 
they  are  applied.  For  example,  a  zigzag  pattern  which  runs  horizontally  is 
sinanbilian,  but  if  vertical  it  is  linongko.  In  the  same  manner  a  half-diamond 
design  sitting  on  a  base  line  has  one  name,  but  if  suspended  from  the  line 
it  has  another.  Some  designs  are  descriptive  of  the  manner  of  application: 
a  circular  design  is  "scissor  work  in  a  circle";  a  red  half-diamond  applied 
to  a  white  field  is  "fits  in."  Embroidery  in  red  and  yellow  is  "colors  of  a 
mat."  Pattern  designs  predominate,  but  a  considerable  number  are 
realistic.  Among  these  may  be  noted  figures  of  men,  women,  and  animals, 
as  well  as  of  flowers  and  fruits. 

The  design  elements  in  figure  55,  A,  were  interpreted  as  follows:  A, 
clothing  designs;  B,  man  with  bolo;  C,  lizard;  D,  pinola  design  (resembles 
leaves  o{  pinola  tree);  E,  zigzag;  F,  a  bird;  G,  leeches;  H,  flower  of  a 
tree;  I,  embroidery  design;  J,  design  derived  from  back  of  playing  cards; 
K,  zigzag;  L,  panel  design  from  handkerchief. 


IIL    The  Life  Cycle 


PREGNANCY  AND  BIRTH 

Children  are  desired,  but  barrenness  is  not  a  ground  for  divorce  since 
the  woman's  inability  to  bear  children  is  due  to  the  acts  of  the  spirits. 
Sterility,  apparently,  is  very  rare  and  most  women  bear  six  or  seven  chil- 
dren— most  of  which  survive  infancy.  One  Langawan  woman  had  15. 

Some  illicit  affairs  take  place  between  unmarried  boys  and  girls,  and 
even  among  married  people.  Public  opinion,  child  betrothal  and  early 
marriage  tend  to  cut  the  number  of  extra-marital  adventures.  No  cases  of 
prostitution — that  is,  where  a  woman  exchanges  her  favors  for  gain — have 
been  discovered. 

Children  are  by  no  means  innocent  and  sexual  matters  and  nudity  are 
freely  discussed,  despite  the  fact  that  this  is  one  of  the  most  completely 
clothed  groups  in  the  islands.  In  this  connection  certain  ideas  of  modesty 
are  interesting.  In  taking  physical  measurements  there  was  no  objection 
to  touching  or  measuring  a  woman's  breasts.  However,  it  would  be 
scandalous  for  any  man  not  her  husband  to  touch  her  elbow  or  heel.  As  a 
result  few  arm  measurements  were  made. 

During  her  menses  the  woman  does  not  prepare  food  or  take  part  in 
dances,  but  once  her  pregnancy  is  known  she  may  enter  into  all  village 
activities.  Circumcision,  as  practiced  by  the  Moros,  is  known  but  all  in- 
sisted that  it  does  not  occur  among  the  Bukidnon. 

If  pregnancy  progresses  normally  the  woman  continues  her  regular 
daily  life  but  if  she  is  ill  or  feels  undue  pain  a  midwife  is  summoned  to  rub 
her  abdomen  and  back.  If  this  fails  to  relieve  her  it  is  evident  that  a  female 
spirit,  Pdnglang,  who  lives  in  the  mountains,  is  causing  the  trouble.  This 
spirit  is  the  mistress  of  Mangonqyamo — patron  of  midwives  and  guardian  of 
pregnant  women.  She  also  consorts  with  a  youth  called  Palilitan  who  looks 
after  new-born  children.  If  necessary  a  ceremony  is  held  in  order  to  make 
these  spirits  well  disposed  and  to  insure  an  easy  delivery. 

The  first  act  for  the  husband  is  to  fashion  a  miniature  cradle  from  the 
outer  bark  of  a  banana  stalk.  Next  he  catches  a  chicken  and  then  hands 
these  to  a  baylan  who  in  turn  carries  them  to  the  pregnant  woman.  Standing 
beside  her  he  says:  "Now  Pdnglang,  listen  and  look  while  I  make  this  offer- 
ing. Perhaps  you  have  made  this  woman  ill.  If  so  I  hope  she  may  now  be 

68 


THE  LIFE  CYCLE  69 

well  for  I  am  about  to  make  a  ceremony  for  you,  to  Mangonoyamo,  and 
Palilitan.''''  He  then  fastens  leaves  and  flowers  to  the  little  cradle.  This  done 
he  sacrifices  the  chicken  and  allows  its  blood  to  fall  on  the  leaves.  He  pulls 
out  the  wing  feathers  and  puts  them  around  the  edge  of  the  cradle,  which 
is  now  a  fit  dwelling  place  for  the  spirit  Palilitan.  The  flowers  are  for  him 
to  play  with,  for  should  they  be  lacking  he  will  play  with  the  baby  so  that 
it  will  cry. 

When  the  chicken  and  rice  are  cooked  a  small  portion  is  put  on  banana 
leaves  and  is  placed  in  the  cradle  for  Palilitan.  The  remainder  is  put  in 
dishes  on  a  mat,  along  with  betel  nut.  When  all  is  ready  the  baylan  ad- 
dresses the  spirits:  "Now  Pdnglang,  Mangonoyamo,  and  Palilitan,  look,  for 
I  am  now  asking  you  to  let  the  sick  woman  become  well.  Let  the  child 
inside  her  have  no  trouble  and  when  the  delivery  comes  let  it  be  easy. 
You  Pdnglang  and  you  Mangonoyamo  come  and  eat  the  food  on  the  plates, 
and  you  Palilitan  come  also,  for  your  share  is  in  the  cradle."  After  an  inter- 
val the  people  may  eat  the  food  and  chew  the  betel  nut  left  on  the  plates, 
but  only  the  pregnant  woman  may  eat  the  food  in  the  cradle.  Should  any- 
one else  taste  it  the  ceremony  will  be  of  no  avail.  When  the  ceremony  is 
over  the  little  cradle  is  hung  above  the  woman's  mat  and  all  should  go  well. 

When  the  time  comes  for  the  delivery  the  midwife  places  the  woman  flat 
on  the  floor  of  the  living  room  and  rubs  her  abdomen.  As  soon  as  the  child 
is  born  she  cuts  the  navel  cord  and  removes  the  afterbirth.  This  is  wrapped, 
first  in  a  dirty  cloth  and  then  in  a  good  clean  cloth,  "for  it  is  the  brother 
of  the  baby."  It  is  buried  under  the  house  ladder  or  beneath  the  stove 
where  no  animals  can  get  to  it.  Soon  it  becomes  earth  but  its  spirit  returns 
to  the  sky  and  becomes  the  Molin-olin  of  the  child.  If  the  birth  is  difficult  the 
midwife  stands  close  by  and  calls  the  names  of  many  things  such  as  sky 
and  trees.  When  the  right  one  is  mentioned  the  child  will  appear.  Thus 
it  is  known  which  spirits  are  delaying  the  birth  and  offerings  will  be  made 
to  them. 

Only  a  small  group  of  women  know  how  to  act  as  midwives.  They  are 
called  by  the  same  name  as  their  patron  spirit — Mangonoyamo.  The  usual 
pay  for  their  services  is  one  peso.  Some  neighbor  who  has  a  small  child 
will  suckle  the  new-born  baby  until  the  mother's  milk  comes. 

It  is  said  that  at  the  time  of  birth  Magbabdya  talks  to  the  child  and  allows 
it  to  choose  how  it  will  die.  The  people  know  that  this  is  true,  for  one  time 
long  ago  a  pregnant  woman  wzis  lying  asleep  on  her  mat  when  her  husband 
returned  from  his  work  in  the  fields.  As  he  was  tired  he  lay  down  beside 
her.  Suddenly  he  heard  a  child  crying,  and  then  he  discovered  that  the 
voice  came  from  the  child  in  his  wife's  body.  As  he  listened  he  heard  a 
voice  say:  "Do  you  wish  to  die  in  the  water?"  The  crying  continued.  "Do 
you  wish  a  tree  to  fall  on  you  and  cause  your  death?"  Still  the  child  cried. 


70  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

"Do  you  wish  to  fall  from  a  cliff  and  die?"  The  child  cried  on.  "Do  you 
wish  to  die  by  reason  of  a  crocodile?"  The  crying  ceased  and  the  voice  was 
heard  no  more. 

Soon  the  child  was  born  and  the  father  had  such  a  great  fear  that  it 
might  be  the  victim  of  the  crocodiles  that  he  gave  orders  that  it  should 
never  be  taken  to  the  river,  and  that  the  water  for  its  bath  must  be  boiled. 
As  the  child  grew  the  father's  fear  became  so  great  that  he  moved  his 
family  to  a  high  hill  far  from  the  river.  One  day  the  boy  lay  asleep  on  the 
floor  beneath  his  father's  talian-charmed  sash.  A  crocodile's  tooth  which 
was  attached  to  the  talian  fell  and  struck  the  boy's  chest.  It  made  only  a 
slight  wound  but  it  bled  until  the  boy  was  dead.  "So  it  is  clear  that  we 
cannot  escape  the  fate  the  Magbabaya  gives  us." 

Should  the  child  be  ailing  or  should  anything  out  of  the  ordinary  occur 
soon  after  its  birth  the  infant  is  taken  to  friends  and  is  given  to  them.  The 
new  foster  mother  sacrifices  a  chicken  and  when  it  is  ready  to  eat  she  calls 
the  gimokod  (spirits)  of  the  child,  asking  them  to  come  and  eat  and  to 
observe  that  she  is  now  the  real  mother.  She  sends  a  coin  to  the  real  mother 
"to  pay  for  her  milk."  The  latter  must  now  secure  a  brass  betel  nut  box 
or  a  coin  necklace  and  must  preserve  it  until  the  child  is  old  enough  to  use 
it.  These  acts  should  restore  the  child  to  normal,  and  later  it  may  be  re- 
turned to  its  actual  parents. 

If  a  child  appears  to  be  stillborn  the  midwife  chews  betel  nut  and  spits 
the  red  juice  into  the  child's  mouth.  Then  she  dips  her  hands  in  cold 
water  and  places  them  on  the  child's  face.  If  these  acts  fail  the  child  is  con- 
sidered dead.  In  the  Central  Valley  an  attempt  to  revive  a  stillborn  child 
is  made  by  striking  on  a  piece  of  iron,  placed  near  its  ear,  until  the  iron 
rings. 

Twins  are  considered  "good  fortune,"  but  it  is  necessary  to  hold  the 
ceremony  Pagalamo  within  three  days  or  the  children  may  become  jealous 
of  each  other.  A  child  is  nursed  until  it  is  quite  large  or  until  another  child 
is  born  to  take  its  place. 

NAMING 

The  father  usually  gives  the  child  a  name  which  may  be  suggested  by 
something  he  sees  or  hears  at  the  time  of  its  birth.  A  typical  list  of  names 
with  their  meanings  follows. 

MEN'S  NAMES 

Manantosin,  "patient  or  willing"  (a  good  worker). 

Tampil,  "can  get"  (will  have  a  good  fortune). 

Manlafnsan,  "double"  (will  win  at  games  or  may  have  two  wives). 

Manistahon,  "can  hold"  (will  keep  possessions). 


THE  LIFE  CYCLE  71 

WOMEN'S  NAMES 

Tap-plahan,  "good  fortune  comes  like  waves  to  her  hand." 
Loppidgan,  "will  become  rich  by  the  aid  of  spirits." 
Karaga,  "little  frog." 
DafAlay,  "supple"  (will  be  a  good  dancer). 

Should  a  child  cry  a  great  deal  it  is  a  sign  that  it  does  not  like  its  name, 
and  the  name  will  be  changed. 

There  is  no  restriction  against  a  person  telling  his  name,  but  when  he 

or  she  has  a  child  it  is  customary  to  say  ''^Amay ,"  father  of  ; 

''''Inay  ,"  mother  of ,  using  the  name  of  the  oldest  child.  This 

custom  is  widespread  in  Malaysia.  One  may  never  mention  the  name  of  a 
parent  or  of  a  father-  or  mother-in-law — the  father-in-law  is  called  yo-yo; 
the  mother-in-law  is  dya.  An  offender  may  fall  from  a  cliff,  or  be  bitten  by 
a  snake,  or  become  ill  because  "he  fails  to  show  proper  respect  for  one  who 
should  be  sacred  to  him."  The  rule  is  so  strictly  followed  that  few  children 
know  the  original  names  of  their  parents..  None  were  found  who  could 
name  their  grandparents. 

CHILD  LIFE 

Children  are  fondled  and  cared  for  according  to  the  best  knowledge  of 
the  group.  If  necessary,  ceremonies  will  be  made  to  insure  their  good 
health,  but  otherwise  they  just  grow  up.  They  quickly  begin  to  imitate 
their  elders,  and  by  the  middle  teens  they  are  recognized  as  full  members 
of  the  group.  They  are  seldom  punished,  but  they  are  laughed  at  if  they 
fail  to  conform  to  the  customs  of  the  group.  This  usually  suffices  to  bring 
the  offenders  into  line. 

Children  may  be  betrothed  as  mere  infants  with  the  actual  marriage 
taking  place  even  before  puberty.  From  infancy  they  are  usually  clothed 
in  garments  like  their  parents,  but  if  a  child  appears  naked  no  one  pays 
any  attention.  As  a  matter  of  fact  they  strip  on  occasion — to  go  swimming 
or  because  they  are  hot. 

Babies  normally  lie  in  the  little  cradle  suspended  from  bamboo  poles. 
They  are  seldom  carried  about  as  is  usual  in  most  groups.  When  they  can 
walk  they  go  around  the  village  with  their  parents  or  with  other  children, 
and  when  old  enough  accompany  them  to  the  woods  and  streams. 

Education  is  by  participation.  A  few  very  crude  wooden  dolls  have 
been  seen  but  they  are  rare.  Puppies  are  playfellows  but  the  older  dogs 
are  seldom  treated  as  pets.  Boys  have  tops  which  they  spin — and  they  have 
small  bows  and  multiple-pointed  arrows  with  which  they  hunt  bats  and 
frogs.  They  also  possess  miniature  blowguns  fitted  with  small  darts.  Little 
girls  may  have  small  rice  mortars  and  pestles,  winnowers  and  gathering 
baskets.  Both  sexes  have  clappers  made  out  of  sections  of  bamboo  which 


72  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

are  struck  against  the  hand;  both  walk  on  bamboo  stilts;  and  all  race  and 
play  in  competitive  games. 

One  of  the  few  gambling  games  played  by  the  older  boys  is  called  raya. 
A  large  square  marked  off  in  the  yard  is  divided  into  nine  smaller  squares. 
About  fifteen  feet  away  is  a  lag  line.  A  coin  is  tossed  to  see  who  plays  first. 
The  starter  takes  all  the  coins — one  for  each  player — goes  to  the  line  and 
tosses  the  coins  toward  the  squares.  All  that  go  in  are  his,  all  that  touch 
lines  are  thrown  by  the  second  player,  and  so  on.  In  a  variant  called  paki 
each  player  places  a  coin  inside  the  square.  Then  from  the  line  they  try,  in 
order,  to  strike  as  many  coins  as  possible  with  a  free  coin.  All  that  the  first 
player  strikes  are  his;  all  struck  by  succeeding  players  are  theirs.  This  con- 
tinues until  all  the  coins  are  taken. 

When  they  are  old  enough  to  chew  betel  nut  (that  is,  about  the  age  of 
puberty)  both  boys  and  girls  have  their  teeth  mutilated,  and  are  then 
considered  mature.  There  is  no  other  mutilation  of  any  part  of  the  body 
at  any  time;  neither  are  there  ^ny  initiatory  rites.  Mature  boys — married 
or  unmarried — may  make  love  to  unpledged  girls  by  singing  improvised 
songs.  Dancing  is  important  and  an  accomplished  musician  gains  atten- 
tion. Viewed  from  the  standpoint  of  most  pagan  Philippine  groups  the 
child  life  here  is  neither  exciting  nor  productive  of  strong  individual 
characters. 

MARRIAGE  AND  DIVORCE 

Child  betrothal  and  marriage  are  often  arranged  by  the  parents,  but  in 
the  Central  Valley  these  events  are  delayed  until  after  puberty  to  allow 
the  young  people  to  have  a  voice.  Nevertheless  the  two  weddings  at- 
tended by  the  writer  in  the  latter  area  were:  (1)  that  of  a  boy,  Toltol, 
about  15,  and  a  girl,  Dumlay,  about  10,  of  Bayanga;  and  (2)  a  couple 
from  Langawan,  a  boy  of  five  with  a  girl  probably  younger.  In  this  case 
both  children  remained  with  their  parents.  Usually  marriage  is  in  one's 
own  or  a  nearby  village. 

The  general  procedure  is  as  follows:  When  the  father  of  a  boy  thinks  he 
has  found  a  suitable  girl  for  his  son,  he  makes  a  small  ceremony.  A  chicken 
is  killed  and  its  liver  is  examined;  if  it  is  enlarged  or  spotted  the  proposed 
match  is  a  bad  one.  The  family  eats  the  fowl  and  the  matter  is  dropped.  If, 
however,  the  signs  are  favorable  the  father  sends  or  carries  a  small  gift 
to  the  girl's  people.  If  they  keep  this  gift  they  indicate  that  they  favor  the 
union  and  are  ready  to  discuss  the  price  the  girl  should  bring.  The  standing 
and  wealth  of  the  families  make  some  diff"erence  but  the  usual  price  is 
about  50  pesos,  in  addition  to  incidental  expenses. 

It  is  not  uncommon  for  relatives  and  friends  to  assist  in  the  marriage 
price,  but  this  is  considered  a  loan  to  be  paid  back  later.  The  girl's  parents 


THE  LIFE  CYCLE  73 

retain  a  part  of  the  payment  and  the  balance  is  distributed  among  their 
near  relatives.  If  a  separation  occurs  as  a  result  of  the  girl's  acts  the  gifts 
must  be  returned.  Consequently  her  people  keep  watch  for  some  time.  We 
were  told  of  one  case  where  the  girl's  parents  set  a  price  greater  than  the 
boy's  family  could  meet.  No  wedding  took  place  but  the  young  couple 
openly  lived  together.  Later  the  youth  found  a  girl  he  could  afford  and 
discarded  the  first.  She  is  still  unmarried  and  the  price  asked  for  her  re- 
mains the  same.  No  great  value  is  placed  on  chastity  and  an  unmarried 
girl  with  child  is  not  considered  a  bad  bargain,  for  in  such  a  case  no 
marriage  price  is  expected. 

At  the  time  a  price  is  agreed  upon  a  record  of  the  transaction  is  estab- 
lished by  means  of  a  bundle  of  sticks  called  kit-kit  which  serves  as  a  tally. 
A  day  is  set  for  the  wedding,  and  relatives  and  special  guests  are  invited. 
However  invitations  are  generally  not  needed  and  most  of  the  townspeo- 
ple will  attend.  Prior  to  the  wedding  the  groom's  father  will  send  a  blouse, 
skirt,  and  possibly  a  blanket  to  the  bride.  This  is  a  fatherly  act  and  the 
objects  are  not  considered  a  part  of  the  marriage  price. 

On  the  morning  of  the  day  agreed  upon  part  of  the  purchase  price — 
including  a  pig,  rice  and  a  jar  of  liquor — is  sent  to  the  girl's  house.  The 
animal  is  slaughtered  and  food  is  prepared  for  all.  At  the  wedding  of  Toltol 
and  Dumlay  the  guests  had  assembled  by  two  o'clock.  Neither  bride  nor 
groom  was  in  evidence — she  was  hidden  behind  a  screen  of  blankets  in 
one  corner  of  the  room  but  the  groom  was  not  in  the  house. 

The  guests  danced  for  a  time  and  then  most  of  them  left  to  bring  the 
groom.  Soon  we  heard  the  beating  of  a  drum,  and  down  the  street  came 
the  groom's  party.  Preceding  them  were  two  warriors  (fig.  56)  armed  with 
shields  and  long  spears,  at  the  upper  ends  of  which  were  bell-like  rattles. 
They  danced  furiously,  charging  and  retreating,  while  they  plunged  their 
spears  against  an  imaginary  enemy.  Following  the  dancers  came  the 
groom's  best  man  carrying  a  cloth  which  covered  five  Chinese  plates.  After 
him  was  the  boy's  aunt,  also  carrying  a  bundle.  Then  came  a  group  of 
friends,  and,  finally,  the  groom  and  two  companions.  The  party  passed 
the  bride's  place  and  went  to  a  nearby  house  in  front  of  which  they  paused 
until  a  woman  emerged  and  joined  the  dancing  warriors. 

Soon  all  returned  and  entered  the  bride's  home.  A  mat  was  spread  and 
the  principals  for  both  parties  sat  down.  Betel  nut  was  passed  and  then  the 
marriage  tally  was  placed  on  the  mat,  together  with  a  little  knife,  the  pur- 
pose of  which  was  not  ascertained. 

The  best  man  laid  down  three  coins  amounting  to  50  centavos  and  the 
girl's  father  did  likewise.  The  tally  sticks  were  laid  down  in  two  lines.  The 
first  consisted  of  ten  large  sticks,  and  the  second  of  ten  piles  of  two  small 


74 


THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 


Fig.  56.     Armed  warriors  dancing  at  wedding. 


Sticks  each.  It  was  announced  that  each  large  tally  represented  3  pesos. 
The  best  man  took  up  a  coin,  pretended  to  spit  on  it,  and  then  mumbled 
a  prayer  to  the  ancestors  of  the  couple  urging  them  to  be  pleased  with  the 
match,  to  keep  the  young  couple  and  all  the  guests  in  good  health,  "for 
this  coin  is  your  share."  When  he  had  finished  he  passed  the  coin  to  an- 
other friend  who  repeated  the  act.  Meanwhile  the  girl's  representatives  did 
the  same  with  a  coin  from  their  pile.  This  finished,  betel  nut  was  passed 
and  when  all  had  chewed,  the  best  man  took  the  cloth  from  around  the 
Chinese  plates.  To  these  a  peso  was  added  and  all  were  presented  to  the 
girl's  ancestors — particularly  to  the  spirit  of  her  grandfather.  This  gift 
did  not  form  a  part  of  the  marriage  price.  The  plates  might  be  used  by  the 
girl's  people,  but  they  could  not  lend  or  sell  them. 

With  the  spirit  world  taken  care  of  for  the  moment,  the  parties  got  down 
to  serious  business.  Skirts  valued  at  a  peso  each  were  exchanged  for  part 
of  the  sticks;  a  bolo  worth  3  pesos  and  arm- rings  of  equal  value  were  also 
exchanged.  Finally  only  14  pesos  of  the  tally  sticks  remained;  four  relatives 
bound  themselves  to  pay  7  pesos  and  the  girl's  father  then  waived  further 
payments.  The  final  gift  is  known  as  "joined  hands."  The  groom  tied  the 
tallies  together  and  retained  them  as  a  receipt.  Again  betel  nut  was  passed 
and  then  the  bride  was  summoned  from  behind  the  blankets. 


I 


THE  LIFE  CYCLE  75 

A  small  mat  was  spread  for  bride  and  groom.  Lime,  betel  leaf  and  areca 
nut  were  handed  to  the  girl,  who  prepared  it  for  chewing  and  gave  it  to 
the  boy.  He  did  the  same  for  her  and  the  ceremony  was  complete.  It  is 
said  that  rice  often  takes  the  place  of  betel  nut  in  the  Cagayan  River 
Valley.  In  the  Central  Valley  it  is  used  regularly.  Each  takes  a  handful  of 
cooked  rice  and  squeezes  it  into  a  ball  and  then  they  exchange  these  with 
each  other.  The  use  and  exchange  of  rice  or  betel  nut  is  found  among 
many  tribes  in  Malaysia.  (See  Cole,  1913,  p.  102;  1922,  p.  280.) 

The  ceremony  proper  being  over,  friends  spread  banana  leaves  on  the 
floor;  others  brought  in  baskets  of  meat  cut  in  squares  and  arranged  it  in 
neat  piles  on  the  leaves.  Rice  and  dishes  of  broth  were  put  in  front  of  each 
guest.  As  a  final  act  the  bride  distributed  betel  nut  to  all  near  her.  Follow- 
ing the  meal  jars  of  liquor  were  opened,  and  people  drank  freely,  dancing 
far  into  the  night. 

Two  days  after  a  wedding  a  small  ceremony  is  held  for  the  gimokod  of 
the  ancestors.  The  flesh  of  a  fowl  and  prepared  betel  nut  are  offered  while 
a  baylan  calls:  "You  gimokod,  if  you  are  here,  this  is  for  you.  Care  for  the 
boy  and  girl  who  will  live  together  and  do  not  let  them  become  ill."  After 
the  spirits  have  had  time  to  eat,  the  family  consumes  the  food.  No  outsiders 
attend  this  event. 

It  is  customary  for  the  boy  to  serve  his  father-in-law  for  a  few  months, 
in  which  case  the  couple  lives  with  the  bride's  people  for  a  time.  This 
service  may  not  be  exacted  if  the  man  has  other  wives,  or  if  he  has  a  suitable 
house  of  his  own.  Recently  the  presidente  of  Mailag  married  a  girl  from 
Sumilao.  Being  a  headman  he  could  not  go  to  serve  her  people,  so  he 
brought  the  bride's  entire  family  to  Mailag.  The  ultimate  place  of  resi- 
dence is  optional,  but  is  usually  near  the  man's  family. 

Polygyny  is  allowed,  but  is  not  common  even  among  the  well-to-do. 
The  first  spouse  is  head  wife  and  apparently  runs  the  family  with  little 
friction.  The  procedure  is  the  same  for  all  marriages.  Subsequent  wives 
and  their  children  share  equally  in  the  estate,  in  case  of  the  husband's 
death.  Certain  unions  are  prohibited.  Brothers  and  sisters,  and  cousins  on 
both  paternal  and  maternal  sides,  are  forbidden  to  marry.  A  man  is  also 
prohibited  from  taking  a  daughter-in-law  as  his  wife.  He  may,  however, 
marry  a  sister-in-law. 

Should  a  wife  desert  her  husband  for  another  man,  her  relatives  are  re- 
quired to  return  twice  the  amount  of  the  marriage  price.  Killing  an  un- 
faithful wife  and  her  admirer  is  considered  justified,  but  the  husband  sel- 
dom if  ever  carries  out  such  a  penalty.  Cases  of  infidelity  are  usually 
referred  to  the  presidente  and  council,  who  customarily  demand  the  return 
of  the  marriage  price  and  in  addition  assess  a  fine  of  about  1 5  pesos.  The 
wife  then  is  free. 


76  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

The  couple  may  separate  if  they  do  not  get  along  well  together,  but 
there  is  usually  strong  pressure  from  the  girl's  relatives  to  keep  this  from 
happening.  One  reason  for  this  is  that  if  the  woman  is  at  fault  the  marriage 
gifts  must  be  returned.  The  presidente  and  elders  discuss  the  case  and 
decide  on  the  penalty,  but  they  cannot  prevent  a  separation  if  the  couple 
is  determined.  The  wife  may  have  property  in  her  own  name;  if  so  she 
takes  it  with  her.  The  husband  likewise  controls  what  he  possesses,  but 
both  must  help  to  provide  for  their  children.  Young  children  usually 
remain  with  the  mother,  but  later  they  are  equally  divided. 

DEATH,  BURIAL  AND  INHERITANCE 

Immediately  following  a  death  the  relatives  are  notified  and  the  body 
is  prepared  for  burial.  The  corpse  is  bathed,  its  hair  is  oiled  and  combed, 
and  it  is  clothed  in  its  best  garments.  If  there  are  no  children,  it  is  proper 
to  place  all  of  the  dead  person's  garments  with  him,  but  as  a  rule  one  suit 
suffices.  In  former  times  it  was  the  custom  to  place  a  man's  weapons  in  his 
grave,  or  to  leave  a  woman's  beads  and  trinkets  with  her,  but  this  is  seldom 
done  now, 

A  bench  known  as  lantay  is  constructed  and  when  all  is  ready  the  body 
is  wrapped  in  a  mat  and  is  placed  on  it  (fig.  57).  Friends  and  relatives  clad 
in  plain  garments  bring  small  presents  of  food.  These  are  intended  for  the 
mourners  but  if  any  is  left  it  is  later  placed  on  the  grave. 

The  usual  period  between  death  and  interment  is  two  days.  This  means 
that  the  body  remains  in  the  house  at  least  one  night.  This  is  an  anxious 
period  during  which  no  one  is  allowed  to  sleep.  Most  of  the  mourners  will 
put  in  periods  of  wailing,  interspersed  with  occasional  drinks  from  a  jar  of 
liquor.  During  the  period  that  the  body  is  in  the  house,  some  of  the 
townspeople  have  been  digging  the  grave.  This  is  a  rectangular  crypt — 
about  four  feet  deep — not  far  from  the  town. 

The  lantay  with  the  body  stretched  on  it  is  carried  from  the  house  pre- 
ceded by  a  man  carrying  a  lighted  torch.  This  is  to  prevent  the  gimokod 
of  the  dead  from  returning  to  secure  fire.  The  corpse  is  taken  from  the 
lantay  and  is  placed  in  the  grave.  Then  split  bamboo  tubes  are  laid,  tile 
fashion,  so  that  one  end  rests  on  the  floor  and  the  other  against  the  side, 
thus  preventing  any  soil  from  touching  the  body.  After  the  earth  is  filled 
in,  the  lantay  and  torch  are  placed  on  the  grave.  It  is  said  to  be  a  good  idea 
to  place  sharpened  bamboo  spikes  on  it  "to  keep  the  busau  away." 

After  the  burial  the  people  return  to  the  house  to  eat  and  drink.  Three 
days  later  a  ceremony  known  as  Mag-kataposen  is  held  for  the  gimokod  of 
the  dead.  The  family  gathers,  and  after  cooking  rice  and  a  small  chicken, 
places  this  food  at  the  top  of  the  house  ladder.  One  of  the  family,  or  a 
baylan,  begs  the  gimokod  of  the  dead  to  come  and  eat  for  the  last  time,  be- 


THE  LIFE  CYCLE 


77 


Fig.  57.    Drinking  rice  wine  at  a  funeral. 


fore  it  goes  to  the  afterworld.  After  a  time  the  family  may  eat  the  food 
but  the  dishes  used  should  be  destroyed  "as  a  sign  that  the  spirit  has  really 
gone." 

If  the  dead  person  is  an  only  wife,  her  husband  wears  a  black  cloth 
around  his  head,  but  if  it  is  a  plural  marriage  he  wears  half  black,  half 
white.  Old  garments  should  be  worn  for  a  year  to  show  proper  respect  for 
the  departed.  Restrictions  on  the  wife  are  more  severe.  She  wears  old 
clothes  and  cdlows  her  hair  to  fall  free  for  about  a  month,  or  until  relatives 
of  the  dead  think  she  has  done  enough.  When  that  period  is  over  she  may 
put  on  good,  but  not  gay,  garments.  For  her  the  period  of  mourning  lasts 
two  years. 

Finally  a  little  ceremony  called  Paglognas  is  held.  The  blood  of  a  small 
chicken  is  sprinkled  on  the  head  of  the  bereaved  "as  a  sign  that  the  period 
of  sorrow  is  past."  Rice  and  the  flesh  of  the  fowl  are  cooked  and  placed  on 
the  mat.  Then  the  Magbabaya  are  urged  to  look  to  the  welfare  of  the  spouse. 
The  gimokod  or  spirits  of  the  person  are  not  summoned.  The  similarity  of 
the  death  and  mourning  procedures  to  other  Malayan  areas  is  most  strik- 
ing. (See  Cole,  1922,  pp.  289  AT.;  Cole,  1945a,  pp.  118,  156-157,  267.) 
Equally  striking  is  the  very  diflferent  treatment  of  the  dead  by  the  nearby 
Manobo.  (See  Garvan,  1931,  pp.  121-128.) 


78  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

If  at  the  end  of  mourning  a  brother  of  the  dead  man  wishes  to  take  the 
widow,  he  may  do  so  by  paying  the  family  6  pesos  "as  a  sign  that  she  still 
belongs  to  them."  If  a  suitor  appears,  he  must  get  the  consent  of  the  dead 
husband's  family  and  must  pay  them  as  much  as  was  originally  paid  for 
the  widow.  This  would  make  it  appear  that  she  is  the  property  of  her 
husband's  family.  To  an  extent  this  is  true,  but  she  need  not  marry  an 
outsider.  If  she  is  the  only  wife  and  there  are  no  children,  she  inherits  all 
her  husband's  property.  If  there  are  children,  she  retains  one-half  the 
estate  and  her  children  divide  the  balance.  In  case  of  a  plural  marriage 
all  wives  share  equally,  unless  one  is  judged  to  have  been  unworthy.  Chil- 
dren of  all  wives — boys  and  girls  alike — share  equally. 

It  is  said  that  formerly,  when  a  dato  died,  all  the  spirits  were  invited, 
but  a  special  message  was  sent  to  the  spirit  Tagalambon  to  come  and  share 
in  the  food  provided  at  the  funeral.  The  spirits  (gimokod)  of  a  dato  might 
remain  nearby  to  care  for  his  people,  but  all  others  dwell  on  Mount 
Balatocan. 


IV*    Social  and  Political  Organization 

THE  DATO 

Information  concerning  the  former  social  and  political  organization  is 
conflicting.  We  were  told  by  the  people  in  Central  Bukidnon  that  before 
the  coming  of  the  Spaniards  they  had  a  principal  ruler  or  dato  who  had  the 
same  power  as  is  now  exercised  by  the  American  governor — "when  he 
gave  orders  all  people  obeyed."  Each  section  also  had  its  petty  dato,  who 
had  a  large  house  near  which  the  people  built  their  homes  and  had  their 
fields.  In  this  house  lived  a  considerable  number  of  retainers  and  fighting 
men  in  addition  to  the  family  of  the  ruler.  In  times  of  danger  or  of  cere- 
mony all  the  people  assembled  there.  They  worked  the  lands  of  the  dato, 
but  he  afforded  protection,  and  when  they  were  assembled  at  his  place, 
they  were  fed  from  his  stores.  Such  a  situation  recalls  that  of  the  Bagobo  of 
the  Davao  Gulf  region  (Cole,  1913,  p.  95). 

One  account  says  that  each  petty  dato  showed  his  greatness  by  displaying 
vases — probably  Chinese  jars — by  the  possession  of  ornamental  boxes, 
and  by  wearing  the  distinctive  cloth  crown  with  three  upright  points 
(Clotet,  1889,  pp.  288,  297-300,  304).  This  is  evidently  the  headdress  of  a 
distinguished  warrior,  but  while  it  is  probable  that  a  dato  would  belong  to 
that  group,  the  use  of  that  sign  of  distinction  was  not  confined  to  the  rulers. 
The  accounts,  however,  do  indicate  that  in  the  Central  area  the  chief  dato 
may  have  had  a  distinctive  headdress.  The  datos  claimed  the  special  protec- 
tion of  a  group  of  spirits — Omaldgad,  Pamahdndi,  Tomanod,  Molin-olin  and 
Ibabasd — who  aided  them  in  their  duties.  The  datos  were  important  func- 
tionaries in  the  ceremonies  and  were  judges  in  all  matters  of  dispute.  If  the 
case  was  a  difficult  one,  the  dato  called  in  the  headmen  of  the  region  and 
discussed  it  with  them,  and  it  is  said  that  at  times  the  dispute  might  go  to 
the  head  dato.  The  procedure  in  a  case  is  described  as  follows.  The  evidence 
was  heard  and  a  penalty  assessed.  Then  the  culprit  and  the  accuser  were 
directed  to  take  hold  of  the  ends  of  a  piece  of  rattan,  while  the  dato  besought 
the  spirits  to  watch.  Next  he  directed  the  accused  person  to  cut  through  the 
rattan  with  a  single  blow  of  his  bolo  (knife).  If  he  failed  it  was  a  sign  that  he 
still  had  an  evil  mind  and  was  unrepentant  and  deserving  of  additional 
punishment.  If  he  succeeded,  the  accuser  was  directed  to  cut  the  rattan. 

79 


80  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

Failure  on  his  part  indicated  that  he  was  not  satisfied  with  the  judgment 
and  ultimately  would  avenge  himself. 

When  the  datos  were  assured  that  justice  had  been  done,  they  directed 
the  two  parties  to  exchange  head-cloths  as  a  sign  that  they  agreed  with  the 
verdict.  This  done,  the  data  took  the  rattan  and  holding  it  in  his  hands 
addressed  the  Magbabdya,  gimokod  and  other  spirits,  asking  them  to  take 
notice  that  the  parties  had  accepted  the  judgment  and  invoking  their  aid  in 
punishing  whichever  one  might  break  his  promises. 

Nearly  all  disputes  were  settled  by  fines  of  plates,  Chinese  jars,  animals 
or  money,  but  the  ordeal  was  invoked  at  times.  It  is  said  that  in  the  Central 
District  thieves  were  sometimes  clubbed  to  death,  either  by  a  data  or  at  his 
orders. 

It  frequently  became  necessary  for  a  dato  to  send  messages  to  other  lo- 
calities. To  insure  the  safety  of  the  messenger  the  dato  lent  him  a  long 
spear — called  ttap — with  silver  rings  around  the  shaft.  This  sign  of  a 
friendly  mission  was  universally  respected.  (See  also  Clotet,  1889,  p.  297.) 

Some  informants  insisted  that  the  office  oidato  was  hereditary,  but  others 
stated  that  it  only  tended  to  be  so,  and  that  a  strong  leader  might  be  chosen 
by  the  men,  even  though  unrelated  to  the  ruler.  It  does  seem  certain  that  in 
the  Central  area  the  children  of  the  dato  were  under  the  protection  of  par- 
ticular spirits  and  made  special  offerings.  Polygyny  was  allowed  to  all 
Bukidnon  but  seldom  practiced  except  by  the  datos.  They  also  had  more 
slaves  than  others. 

From  what  has  been  written  it  would  appear  that  at  least  in  the  Central 
District  a  chief  dato  was  recognized.  It  is  certain  that  each  settlement  or 
area  had  its  local  dato.  Those  at  a  distance,  as  in  the  Cagayan  Valley,  were 
virtually  independent,  yet  there  was  in  general  a  feeling  of  unity  among  the 
Bukidnon.  That  the  dato  system  was  not  deeply  entrenched  is  indicated  by 
the  ease  with  which  the  American  governor  was  able  to  replace  it  with  the 
modern  system. 

Now  (1910)  each  village  has  its  presidente  who  is  recognized  by,  and  is 
responsible  to,  the  American  provincial  governor.  He  is  chosen  by  all  the 
men,  who  whisper  their  choice  to  the  vice  presidente;  he,  in  turn,  an- 
nounces the  result.  The  presidente  receives  no  pay,  but  he  carries  a  cane  as 
the  insigne  of  office,  and  he  does  have  considerable  prestige.  He  is  assisted 
by  a  vice  presidente  and  a  varying  number  of  councillors,  all  of  whom  are 
elected  by  popular  vote.  Each  Bukidnon  must  declare  some  village  as  his 
place  of  residence,  and  to  it  he  owes  a  certain  amount  of  civic  labor — in 
town  improvement  or  in  such  road  work  as  is  demanded  by  the  governor. 

The  idea  of  authority  is  strongly  entrenched,  and  the  presidente  carries 
out  most  of  the  duties  and  enjoys  the  privileges  formerly  belonging  to  the 


SOCIAL  AND  POLITICAL  ORGANIZATION  81 

dato.  Even  outside  villages  not  yet  directly  under  American  control  tend  to 
conform  to  the  new  pattern,  although  the  dato  may  automatically  take  on 
the  title  and  duties  of  presidente. 

Use  of  the  ordeal  to  detect  a  guilty  party  has  been  mentioned.  A  needle 
is  put  in  a  pot  of  boiling  water,  and  the  accused  is  ordered  to  take  it  out. 
If  he  is  innocent  he  will  not  be  injured,  but  if  guilty  he  will  suffer  burns. 
One  may  suspect  that  the  prospect  of  the  ordeal  might  lead  to  confessions. 
No  such  test  was  observed. 

CRIME  AND  LAW 

According  to  the  old  Bukidnon  law  code  a  brother  might  avenge  the 
death  of  a  brother  or  sister  without  fear  of  punishment.  Infidelity  is  said  to 
have  been  ample  cause  for  the  wronged  husband  to  kill  his  wife  or  her  ad- 
mirer. This  part  of  the  code  is  not  taken  seriously  today.  It  is  common 
knowledge  that  the  wife  of  a  leading  man  of  Mambwaya  has  lived  openly 
at  times  with  a  man  from  another  town,  but  she  has  neither  been  discarded 
nor  has  trouble  followed.  Several  other  cases  of  infidelity  and  unlawful  co- 
habitation have  come  to  the  writer's  notice  but  so  far  as  can  be  learned 
there  are  no  prostitutes.  An  unchaste  girl,  even  with  child,  has  little  dif- 
ficulty in  finding  a  husband.  She  is  not  an  outcast  in  the  group,  but  the 
groom  does  not  have  to  pay  the  usual  marriage  fee  to  her  people. 

Sexual  freedom  is  prohibited  to  widows,  but  punishment  comes  from  the 
spirit  world.  A  widow  may  remarry  but  her  new  husband  must  pay  her 
parents-in-law  a  sum  approximately  that  given  by  them  in  the  first  place. 
However,  a  brother-in-law  may  take  her  as  wife  with  only  token  payment. 
This  clearly  recognizes  the  family's  claim,  yet  she  is  in  no  sense  a  slave  or 
servant.  This  custom  of  the  levirate  is  not  widely  distributed  in  the  Philip- 
pines. 

Land  in  and  near  to  permanent  settlements  is  owned  by  individuals  and 
families.  The  same  is  true  of  material  objects  and  animals,  but  land  once 
abandoned  can  be  taken  up  and  used  at  will.  Land  offers  no  problem  at 
present  since  the  sparse  population  can  make  use  of  but  a  fraction  of  the 
land  available. 

When  questions  occur  as  to  what  is  the  law,  they  are  answered  by  the 
query,  "What  is  the  custom?" 

WARFARE 

The  writer  knows  of  no  other  pagan  tribe  in  the  Philippines  which 
today  is  so  little  interested  in  warfare,  yet  there  is  ample  evidence  that  war- 
riors were  once  held  in  high  esteem.  Some  of  the  older  men  possess  distinc- 
tive garments  and  headdresses  which  proclaim  them  as  men  of  valor. 


82  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

Stories  told  by  these  warriors  indicate  that  from  time  to  time  they  were 
compelled  to  withstand  raids  from  the  Moros  to  the  west  and  from  the 
Manobo  and  other  tribes  to  the  east  and  south.  The  Moros  came  in  search 
of  slaves;  the  "wild  men"  came  to  kill  and  to  gain  distinction  as  well  as  to 
secure  loot  and  slaves.  From  these  stories'  one  might  assume  that  the 
Bukidnon  were  always  pacific  and  always  victims  of  more  aggressive  tribes- 
men. Ultimately  one  learns  that  the  prestige  accruing  to  a  successful  war- 
rior, as  well  as  the  existence  of  a  mild  form  of  slavery,  were  incentives  which 
fostered  war  and  raids  by  the  Bukidnon  until  recent  times.  Even  today  dire 
necessity  sometimes  results  in  serious  fights,  or  at  least  in  preparations  for 
trouble.  Shortly  after  our  stay  in  Dagondalahon  that  village  was  raided  by 
renegade  Moros  and  several  were  killed. 

Until  recent  years  the  warrior  went  into  battle  clad  in  a  padded  sleeve- 
less coat,  over  which  were  wound  several  yards  of  closely  woven,  decorated 
cloth.  At  the  waist  was  a  colored  kilt  or  apron  held  by  a  woven  belt,  under 
which  a  fighting  knife  and  sheath  were  slipped  so  that  the  knife  might  be 
quickly  grasped  with  the  right  hand  (fig.  58).  The  padded  coat  made  of 
hemp  cloth  was  heavy  enough  to  stop  a  spear,  arrow,  or  knife.  The  sash 
was  both  decorative  and  protective.  It  passed  over  the  shoulders  and  en- 
circled the  body  several  times.  The  kilt  was  purely  decorative. 

There  are  still  a  few  aged  warriors  who  are  permitted  to  wear  three-  or 
five-pointed  cloth  headdresses  covered  with  embroidery  (fig.  59).  These 
signify  that  the  owners  have  taken  several  human  lives.  Another  distinctive 
head  cloth,  called  panditan,  trimmed  with  white  beads,  was  also  the  mark 
of  a  successful  warrior.  Disaster  would  overtake  any  one  who  might  wear 
such  a  garment  unworthily.  Mangabok  of  Bankod  has  such  a  headdress  in 
his  own  right,  but  before  the  headman  of  Mailag,  who  inherited  one,  put 
it  on  to  have  his  picture  taken,  he  had  to  sacrifice  a  chicken  to  the  rightful 
ancestral  possessor.  This  custom  of  allowing  distinctive  dress  for  successful 
warriors  is  found  among  the  nearby  Manobo  and  among  the  Bagobo  and 
Mandaya  to  the  south.  (See  Garvan,  1931,  p.  22;  Cole,  1913,  pp.  96,  167.) 

A  further  protective  device,  worn  as  a  part  of  the  warrior's  dress,  is  a 
charmed  bandolier  called  talian  which  hangs  on  the  left  side  after  passing 
over  the  right  shoulder.  Figure  60  shows  one  taken  from  the  dead  body  of  a 
warrior  who  challenged  the  power  of  constabulary  bullets.  It  is  made  of 
grass  overwrapped  with  cloth  and  to  it  are  attached  shells,  pigs'  tusks,  a 
magic  stone,  a  carved  dog's  head  and  an  alligator's  tooth.  A  similar  device, 
made  largely  of  shells,  is  worn  by  the  distinguished  warrior  shown  in  figure 
59.  Others  which  were  examined  contained  a  fungus  growth  and  peculiar 
bits  of  wood  and  stone.  These  bandoliers  are  supposed  to  protect  the 
wearers  from  the  weapons  of  enemies.  Similar  charms  are  found  among  the 


Fig.  58.    Warrior  in  battle  dress. 


83 


84  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

Bagobo  of  Davao  Gulf.  (See  Cole,  1913,  p.  108.)  Clotet  (1889,  p.  296)  says 
the  talian  is  a  little  idol  resembling  a  monkey  seated  on  its  haunches.  It  is 
carried  on  the  breast  by  a  cord  and  may  be  used  to  detect  the  presence  of 
an  enemy.  If  sick  they  submerge  the  idol  in  water  and  then  drink  it. 

With  the  warrior  properly  clad  we  turn  to  his  weapons.  Each  carries  a 
long  spear  which  is  thrown  or  thrust — preferably  the  latter.  He  also  has  a 
fighting  knife  encased  in  a  wooden  sheath  and  he  carries  a  shield.  The 
usual  shields  are  relatively  long  and  narrow  (figs.  58,  59).  They  are  made  of 
wood,  are  carried  in  the  left  hand,  and  are  used  to  deflect  the  weapons  of 
enemies.  The  raised  center  allows  space  on  the  reverse  side  for  the  hand 
grip.  When  not  in  use  the  shield  is  suspended  from  the  shoulder  by  means 
of  a  carrying  band.  Much  attention  is  given  to  the  decoration  of  these 
arms.  Nearly  all  show  some  carving  and  painting,  or  are  inlaid  with  beads 
or  mother-of-pearl.  They  are  made  locally  but  are  similar  to  those  used  by 
the  Moros  of  the  Lake  Lanao  district. 

Less  common  but  more  eflftcient  is  the  round  shield  made  of  bamboo 
sticks  radiating  out  from  a  small  wooden  disk.  These  sticks  form  an  in- 
flexible warp;  the  weft  is  made  up  of  slender  rattan  strips  which  pass  under 
one  and  over  one  of  the  warp  elements  until  the  shield  is  complete.  A 
woven  rattan  edge  is  finally  added.  On  the  back  are  two  wooden  loops. 
The  arm  of  the  warrior  slips  under  one  while  the  hand  grasps  the  other 
(figs.  54,  55). 

In  a  bark  case  usually  attached  to  the  shield  is  a  package  of  sharpened 
bamboo  spikes.  These  are  concealed  in  the  trail  with  the  intention  of 
piercing  the  feet  of  a  pursuing  enemy.  They  are  also  placed  around  a  camp 
when  a  party  is  forced  to  spend  the  night  in  dangerous  territory.  This  type 
of  device  is  found  throughout  Malaysia. 

Today  the  spirit  of  the  warriors  is  broken.  They  talk  of  former  prowess, 
and  do  occasionally  find  it  necessary  to  form  defensive  parties,  but  there  is 
no  evidence  of  militant  intention.  This  is  reflected  in  their  modern  weapons 
— few  in  number  and  usually  poor  in  quality.  Their  forges  turn  out  inferior 
blades  used  in  agriculture.  Such  spears  and  knives  as  are  really  good  are 
secured  from  the  Moros.  A  few  bows  and  arrows  were  seen  in  areas  close 
to  the  Manobo,  but  they  are  of  little  interest  to  the  tribe  as  a  whole. 

There  is  no  remembrance  of  head-hunting  although  it  was  customary  to 
cut  off  the  arm  of  a  slain  foe  as  proof  of  a  kill.  The  relatives  of  the  victors 
were  permitted  to  strike  the  trophy  with  their  knives,  after  which  it  was 
hung  up  under  the  house  until  a  ceremony  could  be  made  to  Talabosau — 
the  spirit  who  looks  after  warriors  and  angry  persons.  A  chicken  or  pig  was 
killed  and  its  blood  smeared  on  the  talian.  Following  this  off"ering  the  arm 
was  placed  near  the  entrance  of  the  village  to  recall  the  bravery  of  the 
victor. 


SOCIAL  AND  POLITICAL  ORGANIZATION 


85 


Fig.  59.    Warrior  with  padded  coat  and  distinctive  headdress. 


In  the  central  and  southern  part  of  Bukidnon  territory  the  writer  was 
told  of  a  custom,  formerly  followed,  which  appears  closely  related  to  the 
human  sacrifice  of  the  Davao  Gulf  region  (Cole,  1913,  p.  94;  1922,  p.  372), 
and  to  the  blood  feuds  associated  with  head-hunting  in  Northern  Luzon. 

According  to  the  accounts  of  several  older  men  it  was  the  custom  after  a 
death  of  an  adult  to  hold  a  ceremony  known  as  Mag-kataposen,  which  con- 


86  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

sisted  primarily  in  offering  food  to  the  spirits.  Following  this  event  the  wife 
might  not  comb  her  hair  nor  could  the  bereaved  husband  wear  a  head 
cloth  until  friends,  relatives  and  other  townspeople  had  gone  to  fight 
against  an  enemy  and  secured  at  least  one  victim.  The  head  was  not  taken 
but  a  hand  or  limb  would  be  brought  back  and  would  be  hung  up  in  a  tree 
near  the  home. 

If  an  enemy  was  captured,  he  was  taken  to  the  house  of  the  dead  and 
was  tied  to  the  lantay — the  frame  on  which  the  dead  had  rested.  The  war- 
riors then  danced  around  the  victim  brandishing  their  spears.  Finally  a 
male  relative  speared  the  victim  to  death.  In  the  celebration  which  fol- 
lowed, animals  were  slaughtered  and  much  liquor  was  drunk.  Old-time 
Bukidnon  warriors  in  the  Cagayan  Valley  denied  that  they  ever  practiced 
this  sacrifice,  but  agreed  that  the  others  did. 

In  a  preceding  paragraph  mention  was  made  of  Talabosau,  the  patron  of 
the  warriors.  He  also  cares  for  those  who  are  seized  with  a  frenzy  and  run 
amuck.  This  type  of  hysteria  follows  a  typical  pattern  and  is  not  uncom- 
mon. During  our  stay  in  Bukidnon  a  man  in  the  neighboring  village  was 
lying  on  the  floor,  with  his  head  in  his  wife's  lap,  while  she  loused  him. 
Suddenly  he  sprang  up,  seized  his  knife  and  killed  her.  Her  father  hearing 
the  commotion  ran  in  and  he  likewise  was  killed.  Neighbors  seized  the 
frenzied  man  and  threw  him  to  the  floor.  Then  a  live  chicken  was  torn 
apart  and  the  bloody  flesh  and  feathers  were  forced  into  his  mouth.  With 
this  he  fell  asleep.  When  he  awoke  he  explained  that  the  spirit  had  pos- 
sessed him  and  directed  his  actions.  He  said  he  loved  his  wife  and  had  no 
grudge  against  his  father-in-law. 

Several  other  rather  recent  cases  were  recalled,  but  the  one  with  the 
most  impressive  results  took  place  not  far  from  the  new  Provincial  capital, 
Malaybalay.  A  man  in  frenzy  met  and  killed  two  boys  on  the  trail.  His 
explanation  of  possession  satisfied  the  Bukidnon  but  not  the  American 
governor,  who  had  him  jailed  until  the  next  session  of  court.  When  the 
killer  was  brought  before  the  judge  from  the  coast,  the  latter  started  to 
speak  to  him.  As  he  did  so  he  pointed  his  finger  at  the  prisoner  and  the 
latter  dropped  dead.  The  account  of  this  event  was  given  to  the  writer  by 
Governor  Lewis,  who  stated  that  "running  amuck"  had  dropped  to  zero 
since  this  display  of  judicial  power  or  magic. 

SLAVERY 

Discussion  of  warfare  leads  to  the  subject  of  slavery,  for  this  and  the 
death  observances  appear  to  have  been  responsible  for  most  of  the  hostile 
raids.  Women  and  children  from  distant  towns  were  captured  and  were 
either  incorporated  into  the  family  circle  or  were  sold.  A  good  strong  boy 
brought  about  30  pesos.  A  child  thus  secured  served  for  life  and  passed  as 


Fig.  60.    Protective  bandolier  called  talian. 


87 


88  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

property  upon  the  death  of  his  master.  He  could  marry  and  custom  decreed 
that  his  master  must  provide  a  mate.  The  children  of  such  a  union  were 
free.  Often  a  female  slave  was  accepted  as  a  member  of  her  owner's  family. 
If  she  bore  him  children  both  she  and  the  offspring  were  free.  A  master  who 
mistreated  his  slaves  would  find  himself  in  iH  repute  and  public  opinion  is 
strong.  This  mild  form  of  servitude  resulted  in  the  incorporation  of  foreign 
elements  into  the  population  and  probably  accounts  for  the  considerable 
amount  of  negroid  blood  observed. 

Although  this  section  is  written  in  the  past  tense  servitude  still  continues 
to  a  limited  extent.  Two  cases  were  brought  to  the  attention  of  the  writer 
while  he  was  living  in  the  village  of  Mambwaya. 


V»    The  Spirit  World 


I 


Any  attempt  to  understand  or  to  describe  the  spirit  world  results  in  great 
confusion.  The  investigator  learns  of  a  spirit — its  name,  attributes,  place  of 
residence  and  other  details — then  suddenly  it  may  appear  to  be  several 
spirits.  The  account  which  follows  is,  I  believe,  an  accurate  picture  of 
what  the  average  Bukidnon  believes  and  understands.  The  special  knowl- 
edge of  the  baylans  is  noted  in  each  instance  where  it  exceeds  or  contradicts 
the  usual  pattern  of  belief. 

The  Bukidnon  recognizes  three  classes  of  spirits.  First  to  be  noted  are  the 
gimokod — the  spirits  of  all  men  living  or  dead.  Second  are  the  Alabydnon — a 
division  which  includes  most  of  the  powerful  spirits.  Finally  come  the 
Kaliga-6n,  sixteen  powerful  beings  which  are  represented  at  certain  cere- 
monies by  well-known  symbols.  They  keep  watch  over  the  affairs  of  men 
and  warn  offenders  by  sending  illness.  The  harvest  ceremony  is  held  in 
their  honor,  although  other  spirits  appear  at  that  time.  In  addition  to  these 
three  classes,  the  baylans  sometimes  mention  a  fourth,  made  up  of  unfriend- 
ly spirits  called  busau  or  bal-bal.  Actually  it  seems  that  they  should  be  in- 
cluded under  the  Inkanto,  the  second  group  of  Alabydnon. 

THE  BAYLANS 

Most  traffic  with  the  spirit  world  is  through  or  with  the  aid  of  the  baylans 
— a  group  of  men  or  women  who  claim  the  ability  to  discover  the  cause  of 
sickness.  They  also  know  how  to  conduct  ceremonies  acceptable  to  the 
spirits.  It  is  said  that  the  first  baylan  was  taught  by  Molin-olin,  the  spirit  of 
his  afterbirth  brother  (see  p.  69),  who  for  this  reason  is  considered  a  pa- 
tron and  guide.  Two  other  spirits,  Ongli  and  Domalondon,  also  appear  to  the 
baylan  and  usually  assist  in  determining  the  cause  of  the  trouble.  The 
baylans  do  not  form  a  priesthood,  although  they  are  a  definite  group.  Should 
one  of  them  be  visiting  in  a  village  where  a  ceremony  is  in  progress  he  or 
she  assists  as  a  matter  of  course. 

A  person  becomes  a  baylan  as  a  matter  of  choice,  and  not  because  he  is 
called  or  warned  by  the  spirit  world.  He  goes  to  a  recognized  baylan  and 
acts  as  his  understudy  for  several  months,  during  which  time  he  receives 
other  special  training.  The  writer  watched  a  teacher  and  pupil  over  a  con- 
siderable period  of  time.  The  baylan  (fig.  61)  would  spread  a  mat  and  on  it 

89 


90  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

place  kernels  of  corn  in  a  row.  These  represented  spirits  whose  names  and 
attributes  were  repeated  many  times  until  the  pupil  had  memorized  them 
perfectly.  Next  the  instructor  described  the  ceremonies  and  the  things  to  be 
done  in  each.  Then  followed  the  songs,  many  of  which  contain  obsolete 
words. 

It  is  said  that  some  baylans  possess  special  gifts  or  powers,  such  as  the 
ability  to  go  to  the  sky  and  talk  with  the  spirits  there,  but  in  general  the 
content  of  their  training  and  their  competence  is  similar.  The  field  notes 
which  contain  data  from  a  number  of  baylans  in  various  parts  of  the 
Bukidnon  area  show  a  surprising  agreement  in  names  and  duties  for  a  be- 
wildering number  of  spirits.  Likewise  the  ceremonies  vary  but  little  from 
town  to  town. 

A  pupil  pays  for  his  instruction.  For  example,  the  ranking  baylan  of  the 
village  of  Langawan  claims  to  have  paid  his  teacher  nine  pesos,  eight 
chickens,  one  Chinese  plate  and  a  small  knife. 

The  baylans  must  conduct  the  Kaliga-6n  ceremony  and  they  usually 
officiate  at  all  major  events  where  the  spirits  are  summoned.  (However, 
minor  offerings  may  be  made  by  anyone  "who  knows  how  to  talk  to  the 
spirits.")  Payment  for  their  services  is  small  and  varies,  according  to  the 
spirits  summoned,  from  a  few  pennies  to  a  peso.  In  addition  they  receive 
six  packages  of  cooked  rice,  half  of  a  pledged  chicken  {ipo),  and  all  the 
rings  and  beads  used  in  the  ceremony. 

The  customary  way  of  ascertaining  the  cause  of  trouble  or  the  name  of 
the  spirit  responsible  for  illness  is  for  the  baylan  to  measure  a  spear.  He 
holds  the  weapon  horizontally  in  front  of  him  and  measures  the  span  of  his 
arms  on  it.  This  is  marked  by  tying  a  cord  on  the  shaft  which  is  then  stuck 
into  the  floor.  Betel  nut  is  prepared  for  chewing  and  is  placed  on  the  floor. 
The  baylan  seats  himself  before  it  and  addresses  the  proper  spirit.  (This  dif- 
fers according  to  the  ceremony.)  The  substance  of  the  prayer  is  an  appeal 
for  the  speedy  recovery  of  the  patient,  and  for  power  to  determine  the 
cause  of  the  illness.  Finally  he  pleads,  "If  the  sickness  is  caused  by  so-and- 
so  I  ask  you  to  let  the  measurement  on  the  spear  be  extended."  He  rises 
and  again  measures  the  span  of  his  arms.  If  it  is  the  same  as  before,  the 
spirit  named  is  not  responsible,  but  if  it  has  increased  it  is  a  sign  that  the 
right  spirit  has  been  found.  In  any  case  the  measuring  is  continued  until 
the  cause  is  determined. 

The  various  activities  of  the  baylan  appear  in  connection  with  the  discus- 
sion of  the  spirit  world  and  description  of  the  ceremonies.  It  is  important  to 
note  that  the  baylans  are  not  "mediums"  in  the  sense  that  is  usual  among 
Malayan  peoples.  They  carry  out  many  of  the  duties  of  the  mediums,  but 
their  bodies  are  not  possessed  by  the  superior  beings.  They  do  not  appear 
to  be  unstable  characters  as  is  so  common  among  the  mediums  of  the 


THE  SPIRIT  WORLD 


91 


Fig.  61 .    Baylan  and  pupil. 

nearby  Manobo  or  of  Malaysia  in  general.  (See  Garvan,  1931,  p.  29;  and 
Cole,  1945a,  index  entries.) 

The  number  of  baylans  in  the  towns  varies  greatly.  In  the  village  of 
Langawan  there  are  six,  namely:  Mangontawal,  Amaydolona,  Amaylania, 
Amaydayano,  Salilo  and  Sampayan. 


THE  SPIRITS 


The  Gimokod 


In  our  discussion  of  spirits  we  deal  first  with  the  individual  Bukidnon. 
Each  person  has  seven  spirits  called  gimokod:  one  jumps  on  the  cliff;  one 
swims  in  the  water;  one  puts  its  hands  into  snake  holes;  one  sits  under  a 
tree;  one  is  always  walking  around;  one  is  awake  in  the  day;  one  is  awake 
in  the  night.  If  all  are  in  his  (or  her)  body  at  the  same  time,  he  is  well  and 
strong,  but  if  one  or  more  are  wandering  or  get  into  trouble,  the  owner 
becomes  ill.  Should  all  the  gimokod  leave  the  body  at  one  time  death  re- 
sults. 

This  idea  of  multiple  spirits  leads  to  several  unusual  practices,  among 
which  "soul  catching"  is  of  special  importance.  (For  a  full  discussion  of 
this  idea  among  other  tribes  of  Malaysia,  see  Cole,  1913,  p.  105;  and 
1945a,  pp.  190-191.)  When  a  person  becomes  thin  or  ailing  with  no  appar- 
ent reason,  it  is  evident  that  at  least  one  of  his  gimokod  is  wandering.  It  then 
becomes  necessary  to  hold  the  Pagalono  (Pag-gimokod)  ceremony,  to  cause 


92  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

its  speedy  return — otherwise  it  may  meet  with  disaster,  and  its  owner  will 
fall  sick  or  die,  or  at  least  become  disabled. 

A  small  chicken  is  killed  and  prepared  for  food,  but  its  legs  and  feet  are 
removed,  for  those  might  encourage  the  gimokod  to  wander.  It  is  then 
placed  on  a  dish  of  cooked  rice.  A  mat  is  spread  near  the  patient  and  on  it 
are  placed  the  food,  prepared  betel  nut  and  a  betel  nut  box.  The  baylan 
addresses  the  spirits:  "Now  I  call  you,  gimokod  of  this  man  which  is  walking 
about;  and  you  gimokod  which  sits  under  a  large  tree;  and  you  gimokod 
which  jumps  on  the  cliff;  and  you  gimokod  which  swims  in  the  water;  come 
here  and  eat,  you  are  hungry.  Return  now  to  the  body  of  this  man.  Now 
enter  the  betel  box."  Suddenly  he  snaps  the  lid  of  the  box,  as  he  cries, 
"This  is  the  sign  that  I  will  not  let  you  go,  for  I  fear  you  may  be  frightened 
by  falling  trees  or  rolling  stones."  The  people  eat  the  food  and  chew  the 
betel  nut,  but  the  spirit  is  left  imprisoned  until  next  morning.  At  that  time 
the  baylan  places  the  betel  box  on  the  patient's  head  and  says,  ''^Gimokod  of 
this  man,  I  want  you  to  return  so  that  he  may  become  well  again.  Do  not 
walk  any  more.  Let  him  become  fat." 

When  a  man  dies  his  seven  gimokod  merge  into  one  which,  after  the 
Mag-kataposen  ceremony,  goes  to  live  on  Mount  Balatocan.  "We  know  that 
this  is  what  happens,  for  our  ancestors  have  taught  us  to  call  only  one 
gimokod  of  the  dead,  so  that  must  be  all  there  are."  In  this  new  home  the 
gimokod  are  under  the  care  of  the  spirit  GomogOnal  (see  under  Alabyanon, 
p.  95).  There  they  have  houses,  plant  crops,  and  live  much  as  they  did  on 
earth.  The  home  of  the  gimokod  is  said  to  be  a  happy  place  where  there  is  no 
trouble,  and  people  have  clear  minds.  Despite  this  promise  of  a  happy 
hereafter,  every  effort  is  made  to  delay  entrance  to  the  land  of  the  dead. 
The  dead  do  not  die  again,  neither  do  they  return  to  earth  in  any  other 
form.  However,  they  do  visit  the  living  although  they  may  not  be  seen. 
They  have  power  to  injure  the  living  so  it  is  always  a  good  idea  to  offer 
them  food  and  to  pray  to  them  at  the  time  of  ceremonies.  In  some  in- 
stances they  cause  illness.  When  this  occurs  the  victim  can  see  the  gimokod. 

Such  offerings  raise  the  question  of  ancestor  worship.  Regard  is  paid  to 
the  gimokod  of  the  dead,  as  just  noted.  The  ancestors  are  also  called  upon  at 
the  time  of  a  wedding,  but  such  attentions  are  on  a  minor  scale.  In  only  one 
area — close  to  the  Manobo — is  a  major  ceremony  held  in  their  honor. 
(See  planting  time  at  Limbayao,  p.  53.) 

Related  to  the  person,  but  not  one  of  his  gimokod,  is  the  Molin-olin,  the 
spirit  of  the  afterbirth.  It  is  said  by  some  that  if  a  person  has  been  very  bad 
while  on  earth  the  spirit  GomogOnal  may  put  him  in  a  burning  hill,  called 
Dildilosan,  where  he  is  consumed.  It  may  be  suspected  that  this  idea  has 
come  about  through  contact  with  the  Bisayan. 


THE  SPIRIT  WORLD  93 

The  Ala  by  anon 

The  second  and  in  many  respects  the  most  important  class  of  spirits  is 
known  as  Alabydnon.  This  is  at  once  subdivided  into  the  Magbabdya  and 
"natural  spirits,"  the  latter  including  the  spirits  which  live  in  trees,  cliffs, 
water  and  the  like.  Here  also  appear  the  spirit  owners  of  animals  and  cer- 
tain guardians  or  patrons.  These  are  again  divided  so  that  those  of  the 
immediate  locality  have  individual  names. 

Ranking  above  all  others  are  six  powerful  Magbabdya,  while  a  few  other 
Alabydnon  are  ranked  as  lesser  members  of  that  group.  So  powerful  are 
these  beings  and  so  great  is  the  awe  of  them  that  even  the  baylans  fear  to 
mention  their  names  without  making  an  offering,  and  even  then  the  name 
is  given  only  in  a  whisper.  In  general  they  are  addressed  in  honorific  terms, 
which  makes  their  identity  even  more  difficult  for  the  investigator  to  dis- 
cover. 

Standing  high  above  all  others  is  Magbabdya  nang-gomo  tilokan  nanilampu, 
''^Magbabdya  most  powerful  of  all;  destroyer  of  all  competitors."  He  usually 
is  identified  as  Migloginsal  or  Agobinsal,  the  creator  of  the  earth.  He  is  also 
addressed  as  Lintowangan  nanlimlag  diwata  nangaroyan  balos  sa  nanggantian, 
"the  spirit  who  made  trees,  stones  and  people,"  or  simply  as  Diwata 
Magbabdya  or  Apo,  "Sir."  This  all-powerful  spirit  lives  in  a  house  made  of 
coins,  high  in  the  sky.  There  are  no  windows  in  his  home,  for  should  men 
or  stones  or  trees  see  him  they  would  at  once  dissolve  into  water.  His  name 
is  never  used  in  conversation  and  is  only  taught  to  the  new  baylan  after  a 
long  period  of  probation.  When  questioned  about  this  spirit  one  old 
woman  baylan  became  very  ill.  She  showed  great  distress,  vomited  and 
appeared  near  collapse.  Only  the  application  of  "powerful  medicine"  by 
the  writer  brought  her  out  of  the  spell,  but  she  could  not  be  induced  to  con- 
tinue the  discussion.  The  ranking  baylan  of  Langawan,  named  Amaydo- 
lona,  was  finally  persuaded  that  all  the  facts  about  this  spirit  should  be 
recorded.  In  evident  fear  he  addressed  the  spirit,  asking  his  pardon.  He 
then  gave  his  name  in  a  voice  only  a  little  above  a  whisper.  Soon  he  also 
developed  stomach  pains  and  had  to  be  treated.  This  attempt  to  learn  the 
details  about  the  spirits  was  not  made  until  we  had  been  with  the  Bukidnon 
some  time  and  had  obtained  their  confidence.  It  is  probable  that  an  early 
inquiry  would  have  stopped  the  work  completely. 

The  second  Magbabdya,  only  slightly  inferior  to  the  first,  is  known  as 
Magbabdya  tomindpay  or  Diwata  na-ndpay  tomas  a  nipirau,  "the  spirit  who  lives 
under  the  earth  and  supports  it  with  his  hands." 

Next  in  power  are  the  Magbabdya  at  the  four  cardinal  points.  The  earth 
is  shaped  like  a  saucer,  and  the  sky  is  the  same  in  form,  but  its  concavity  is 
toward  the  earth.  These  Magbabdya  live  at  the  points  where  earth  and  sky 


94  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

meet.  The  spirit  in  the  east  is  Magbabdya  imbaiu,  "spirit  of  the  sun."  He  is 
not  the  sun,  but  there  is  a  hazy  idea  that  the  sun  is  a  male  spirit  who  serves 
the  Magbabdya.  The  spirit  in  the  west  is  Magbabdya  Lindon-an,  "spirit  of  the 
place  where  the  sun  hides."  In  the  south  is  Magbabdya  Pagosan,  "spirit  of 
the  place  whence  the  waters  come."  Nearly  all  the  rivers  in  this  section 
flow  from  the  south — "so  the  water  lives  in  the  south  and  goes  to  the 
north."  Finally  comes  the  spirit  of  the  north — Magbabdya  Tiponan — "spirit 
of  the  place  where  the  waters  unite,"  i.e.,  the  ocean. 

Clotet  (1889,  p.  294)  gives  the  four  gods  at  the  cardinal  points  as  Do- 
malongdog,  Ongli,  Tagalambong  and  Magbabdya.  The  first  two,  according  to 
our  information,  are  the  patrons  of  the  baylans.  He  calls  Magbabdya  "The 
All  Powerful  One." 

In  Langawan  the  baylans  also  recognize  as  very  powerful  Magbabdva 
minumsob  togdwa  nangalangan,  "the  spirit  who  protects  people  and  who  fore- 
sees events."  He  lives  straight  above  in  "the  sky  easily  visible."  He  is  the 
grandfather  of  Malibotan,  the  spirit  of  the  Kasaboahdn  ceremony.  It  is  said 
that  the  Magbabdya  live  in  houses  like  those  of  the  Bukidnon  except  that 
they  are  made  of  silver. 

A  second  group  of  Alabydnon  is  known  as  Pamahdndi.  In  general  the 
Pamahdndi  are  spoken  of  and  are  addressed  as  a  single  individual.  He  is 
said  to  be  the  spirit  who  cares  for  horses  and  carabao  and  who  sends  good 
fortune.  In  such  a  capacity  he  is  often  recognized  as  one  of  the  lesser 
Magbabdya.  Closer  acquaintance  with  this  being  reveals  that  he  is  not  one 
but  ten — each  with  a  definite  name  and  specific  duties.  Their  names 
are  Pamahdndi  putt,  Pamahdndi  lansion,  Pamahdndi  biohon,  Pamahdndi  slgolon, 
Pamahdndi  hagsdlan,  Pamahdndi  bonau,  Pamahdndi  opos,  Pamahdndi  logdangon, 
Pamahdndi  komagasgas,  Pamahdndi  somdgda.  Not  all  of  these  names  are  recog- 
nized in  the  Central  Valley,  but  there  is  agreement  as  to  the  number  and 
duties.  As  protectors  of  the  horses  and  carabao  and  as  senders  of  good  for- 
tune, they  are  much  respected  and  some  time  during  each  year  each  family 
will  make  a  ceremony  to  obtain  their  good  will.  Despite  their  good  quali- 
ties, however,  they  may  cause  trouble  and  send  sickness,  such  as  earache  or 
consumption. 

Another  multiple  spirit,  often  ranked  as  a  lesser  Magbabdya,  is  Bulaldkau, 
the  spirit  or  spirits  of  the  water.  They  have  their  home  in  the  center  of  the 
sea  but  they  also  frequent  springs,  streams  and  rivers.  They  are  sometimes 
spoken  of  collectively  as  Talawahig,  "dwellers  in  the  water."  One  of  these 
spirits  is  responsible  for  drowning.  He  pulls  a  person  down,  takes  out  his 
spirit,  and  throws  the  body  to  the  surface.  "We  know  that  this  is  true  for 
when  the  body  is  recovered  the  spirit  is  gone."  Bulaldkau  properly  belongs 
to  the  group  of  nature  spirits  known  as  Inkanto,  and  he  is  often  addressed 
with  others  in  that  division. 


THE  SPIRIT  WORLD  95 

Particular  spirits,  classified  as  Alabydnon  but  not  easily  fitted  into  regular 
groups,  are:  First,  Molin-olin,  the  spirit  of  the  afterbirth.  When  a  child  is 
born  a  spirit  "brother"  is  likewise  born.  When  its  body  is  buried  and  be- 
comes earth  the  spirit  goes  to  the  sky,  where  it  lives  and  watches  over  its 
living  brother.  It  never  dies.  "We  do  not  know  how  it  lives,  but  its  home  is 
straight  above  and  it  swings,  maybe  in  a  cradle — for  the  prayer  taught  us 
by  our  ancestors  and  used  by  the  datos  when  they  act  as  judges  starts  with 
'Now  my  Molin-olin  who  is  swinging  high  up  in  the  sky.'  "  Spirits  two  and 
three,  Domalon-don  and  Ongli,  are  patron  spirits  of  the  baylans  and  of  datos 
who  act  as  judges.  They  should  be  asked  to  give  "a  clear  mind."  Four  and 
five  are  Panglang  and  her  servant  Mangonoyamo.  These  are  female  spirits  who 
care  for  mid  wives,  pregnant  women,  and  unborn  children.  (See  Panglang 
ceremony,  pp.  68-9.)  Number  six  is  Palilitan,  a  young  male  spirit  for  whom 
the  miniature  cradle  is  hung  over  a  new-born  child.  It  is  his  duty  to  protect 
the  infant  from  sickness  and  danger.  He  is  a  servant  of  Panglang,  but  is  not 
recognized  by  the  baylans  of  the  Central  Valley.  Number  seven,  GomogOnal, 
is  the  spirit  of  a  man  who  lived  in  the  "first  times."  He  now  has  his  home 
on  Mount  Balatocan  where  he  looks  after  the  spirits  (gimokod)  of  the  dead. 
He  is  regarded  as  a  true  member  of  the  Alabydnon.  Number  eight,  Tala- 
bosau,  is  the  patron  of  the  warriors  and  of  people  who  run  amuck.  Nine,  ten 
and  eleven  consist  of  Omaldgad,  patron  of  the  hunters  and  their  dogs.  (In 
the  Panalikot  ceremony  he  is  recognized  as  chief  of  the  spirits  of  the  rocks, 
cliff's  and  trees.  It  is  said  that  he  is  as  powerful  as  Bulaldkau.)  With  him  is 
his  aid,  Magomdnay,  who  lives  in  the  high  mountains.  He  is  the  real  owner 
of  the  deer  and  wild  hogs.  (Here  we  find  a  conflict  among  the  baylans,  some 
of  whom  insist  that  the  latter  spirit  belongs  to  the  Inkanto  division,  and  that 
he  is  one  of  two  spirits  which  live  in  the  baliti  trees.)  The  third  spirit  as- 
sociated with  Omaldgad  is  Dumarahol.  The  name  SalikEt  is  often  applied  to 
all  three.  Number  twelve  is  Amimisol,  who  cares  for  the  chickens.  Should 
the  fowls  of  a  village  be  ailing  a  hen  is  made  ipo,  that  is,  pledged,  to  this 
spirit.  If  this  fails  to  make  things  right  some  of  the  eggs  or  one  of  the  chick- 
ens of  the  ipo  bird  are  destroyed.  In  the  Central  Valley  this  spirit  is  thought 
to  care  for  domestic  pigs  as  well  as  fowls.  Thirteen,  an  important  spirit  in 
the  Cagayan  Valley  but  not  recognized  in  the  Central  area,  is  Malibotan. 
He  is  said  to  be  the  grandchild  of  Magbabdya  minumsob.  Together  with  his 
grandfather  he  oversees  married  couples.  For  them  each  family  holds  a 
yearly  ceremony  known  as  Kasaboahdn,  "union."  Number  fourteen,  the 
final  spirit  in  this  category,  is  Aguio.  Once  a  man  famed  for  his  bravery  as 
a  warrior,  he  is  now  a  spirit  who  lives  on  earth  and  sometimes  attends  the 
Kaliga-dn  ceremony.  He  also  appears  in  the  folk  talesL 

A  group  of  seven  Alabydnon  appear  as  servants  to  the  Kaliga-6n.  Their 
names  are  given  to  clarify  their  place  when  and  if  they  are  called  during 


96  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

the  ceremony.  These  are  Holldon  or  Holoyodon;  DEgbason;  Pamogya-on; 
Lumolumbak  kobaybay,  data  malabidaya,  "the  pilot  when  the  Kaliga-6n  make 
trips";  Mayakl  lioban;  Mayaki  batdsan  or  kompdsan;  and  Mayaki  lombdran. 

The  "nature  spirits"  are  lesser  Alabydnon.  Among  them  Bulaldkau  is 
listed  although  he  is  usually  considered  as  a  lesser  Magbabdya.  General 
names  such  as  Tagabogta,  "lives  in  or  on  the  earth,"  or  Tagumbanua,  for 
those  living  near  a  town,  are  often  applied.  It  is  said  that  their  chief  lives 
on  a  mountain  called  Babonan  but  the  others  live  everywhere.  Among 
them  is  Tao  sa  salup,  "man  of  the  forest." 

A  more  specific  name  for  these  nature  spirits  is  Inkanto  but  the  term 
busau  is  also  used.  It  is  said  that  the  Inkanto  have  only  half  a  face;  the  body 
is  complete  but  many  of  them  walk  on  their  hands  with  their  heads  hanging 
down  and  their  feet  up.  Some  have  fur  on  their  bodies  but  the  hairs  are 
sharp  like  needles. 

Of  great  importance  among  the  Inkanto  are  the  Tagahtlum,  "dwellers  in 
silence,"  and  Magomdnay,  "spirits  which  live  in  the  baliti  trees,"  and  per- 
haps all  other  large  trees.  These  are  their  homes  and  if  they  are  cut  down 
the  spirits  must  move.  Such  spirits  are  important  in  the  ceremonies  and  in 
the  everyday  life  of  the  people,  as  well.  Close  to  them  are  the  Lalawag, 
spirits  who  live  in  groves  and  who  own  deer  and  bees.  Tagadaldma  are 
spirits  living  in  the  cliffs.  Some  are  poor,  and  when  men  fall  and  are  killed 
they  steal  their  clothing.  Tagabato  (or  tao  sa  bato)  are  the  possessors  of  all 
large  stones. 

Listed  with  the  "nature  spirits"  are  the  Ibabaso,  the  spirits  who  live  in 
the  fields  and  care  for  the  crops.  A  yearly  ceremony  is  made  for  them  and 
they  are  also  closely  identified  with  the  Kaliga-6n.  They  appear  to  be  more 
powerful  than  any  of  the  Inkanto  just  mentioned,  and  are  held  in  great 
reverence.  They  probably  stand  apart  from  that  grouping. 

Clotet  (1889,  p.  294)  mentions  a  spirit  Ibabasug  who  is  invoked  in  child- 
birth. According  to  him  Tagumbanua  is  god  of  the  fields  to  whom  the 
Kaliga  ceremony  is  dedicated. 

Finally  we  come  to  the  local  spirits.  Every  cliff",  strange  stone,  spring  and 
brook  has  its  resident  spirit.  Each  has  its  name  which  is  known  to  the  vil- 
lagers. A  partial  list  was  compiled  for  each  village,  but  these  appear  to 
have  no  significance  beyond  demonstrating  the  multiplicity  of  locally- 
known  spirit  beings. 

The  Kaliga-on 

The  third  and  last  class  of  spirits  is  the  Kaliga-6n,  made  up  of  sixteen 
powerful  spirits  who  dwell  in  high  hills  or  mountains,  particularly  in  vol- 
canoes. The  sixteen  are:  (1)  DagingOn,  (2)  Korongon,  (3)  Liga-6n,  (4)  Bontld- 
lon,  (5)  SEgkaron,  (6)  Laulau-on,  (7)  SapawEn,  (8)  Linankdban,  (9)  Masauba- 


THE  SPIRIT  WORLD  97 

sau,  (10)  Tagalambon,  (11)  Htnoldban,  (12)  Sayobdnban,  (13)  Moyoii-boyon, 
(14)  Gologondo,  (15)  Lantangon,  (16)  TambolOn.  All  are  powerful  but  Go/o- 
^owfl'o  and  Tagalambon  appear  to  lead  the  others,  with  Lantangdn  and 
Hinoldban  following. 

Certain  objects  which  belong  to,  or  represent,  these  beings  must  always 
be  used  in  the  ceremonies  they  attend. 

Two  or  three  sticks  tied  horizontally  and  called  dagingdn  belong  to  the 
first  six  named.  Four  sticks  tied  in  the  same  manner  are  also  called  by  this 
term,  but  this  number  is  reserved  for  SapawEn. 

Basket-like  receptacles  made  of  tiny  bamboo  tubes  are  filled  with  leaves 
and  contain  part  of  a  pig's  skull.  These  are  known  as  golon-golon  and  are  for 
spirits  nine  to  fourteen  inclusive. 

Lantangdn  is  represented  by  a  small  carved  figure,  while  a  single  bamboo 
tube  is  reserved  for  Tambolon. 

A  "table"  made  of  wooden  disks  sHpped  on  a  salaban  stick  is  prepared 
for  the  four  strongest  spirits.  The  detailed  use  of  these  devices  is  given  in 
connection  with  the  Kaliga-6n  ceremony. 

The  term  diwata  is  often  applied  to  the  Magbabdya  and  Kaliga-6n,  but 
never  to  the  lesser  Alabydnon,  or  to  the  spirits  of  the  dead.  A  tide,  tomittma, 
"lives,"  which  may  be  applied  to  any  spirit  is  frequently  heard  in  the 
ceremonies. 

Clotet  (1889,  p.  295)  describes  a  stone  idol  called  tighas  which  he  says 
descended  from  the  sky  and  is  possessed  only  by  datos.  Today  a  few  pe- 
culiar stones,  called  tigbas  a  ktlat,  "teeth  of  the  lightning,"  are  in  the  pos- 
session of  the  Bukidnon.  These  stones  are  said  to  have  fallen  where  light- 
ning has  struck.  They  are  powerful  in  stopping  violent  storms,  for  if  one  is 
laid  outside,  the  rain  will  cease.  No  other  objects  by  this  name  could  be 
found.  The  same  writer  (p.  296)  also  describes  wooden  figures  of  monkeys 
called  talian.  That  name  is  now  given  to  the  charmed  bandolier  worn  by 
noted  warriors,  which  may  contain  various  objects. 

Fowls  and  animals  belonging  to  the  spirits  are  sometimes  referred  to  in 
the  ceremonies,  and  occasionally  offerings  consisting  of  refuse  are  put  out 
for  them,  but  they  are  not  considered  to  be  spirits.  On  several  occasions  the 
writer  was  told  that  the  earth  rests  on  two  huge  serpents,  male  and  female, 
called  Intombangol,  who  lie  so  as  to  form  a  cross.  Their  mouths  are  below  the 
water  at  the  point  where  earth  and  sky  meet.  When  they  move  they  cause 
earthquakes;  when  they  breathe  they  cause  the  winds;  if  they  pant  they 
cause  violent  storms.  They  do  not  fall  for  they  are  held  up  by  Magbabdya 
tominapay.  There  seems  to  be  no  general  agreement  about  these  beings,  but 
some  baylans  think  they  should  be  classed  as  lesser  Alabydnon. 

In  an  earlier  section  mention  was  made  of  the  spirits  of  the  baliti  (Ficus 
sp.)  trees.  These  trees  are  held  in  reverence  by  nearly  all  Mindanao  tribes, 


98  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

partially  because  of  their  size  and  partially  because  they  "bleed"  when  cut, 
and  also  because  nothing  grows  beneath  them.  If  a  piece  of  land  is  to  be 
cleared  and  it  becomes  necessary  to  cut  down  one  of  these  trees,  the  owner 
of  the  field  will  go  alone  and  cut  a  sapling.  He  strips  off  the  bark  and  leaves 
and  leans  the  pole  against  the  haliti  tree.  Then  he  addresses  the  spirits  as 
follows:  "If  there  is  a  man  living  in  this  tree,  here  is  wood  for  you  to  use  as 
a  sign.  If  you  are  unwilling  that  I  cut  this  tree,  throw  this  wood  away.  If 
it  pleases  you  to  have  this  tree  cut  down,  then  leave  this  pole  where  it  is." 
He  then  goes  home.  Next  day  he  returns  and  if  the  stick  has  fallen  or  has 
disappeared  it  signifies  that  the  spirit  is  unwilling.  If  the  stick  is  still  in 
place,  the  spirit  gives  consent.  Then  the  owner  says,  "Now  I  am  going  to 
cut  the  baliti  tree  right  away.  If  the  owner  is  still  here,  please  go  to  that 
other  tree."  Often  he  prepares  betel  nut  for  the  spirit  and  places  it  at  the 
foot  of  the  tree  as  he  says,  "You  man  of  this  tree,  go  away,  for  we  are  going 
to  cut  it  down  so  that  we  can  clear  our  field.  You  must  not  be  angry  with 
us  when  we  destroy  your  house  for  here  is  your  payment.  Come  and  chew 
and  do  not  be  angry." 

Closely  related  to  the  acts  just  cited  is  a  minor  ceremony  called  Magi- 
habaso.  At  the  time  a  clearing  is  to  be  made  in  the  forest  the  owner  goes  to 
the  chosen  spot  accompanied  by  several  friends.  They  carry  rice,  chicken 
eggs,  betel  nut  and  liquor.  A  seat  is  constructed  and  the  chickens  are  tied 
beneath  it.  Betel  nut  prepared  for  chewing  is  placed  on  it  and  the  owner 
of  the  field  addresses  the  spirits  of  the  stones,  baliti  trees,  vines,  cliffs,  and  of 
any  holes  that  may  be  in  the  field.  He  also  calls  on  Maghabdya  and  Ibabaso: 
"Now  do  not  be  angry  with  me  because  we  are  about  to  clear  this  land;  do 
not  be  surprised  or  offended  for  we  are  going  to  kill  some  chickens  and  let 
you  eat  rice,  drink  agkEd,  and  eat  meat.  When  we  go  to  plant,  let  the  seed 
bear  a  good  crop."  All  the  people  present  blow  upon  the  chickens  and  then 
kill  them. 

While  the  food  is  being  prepared  some  of  the  people  begin  the  clearing 
of  the  land  while  others  build  a  baldbag.  When  all  is  ready  food  is  placed  on 
the  seat  and  the  workers  are  summoned.  Again  the  owner  summons  the 
spirits.  He  invites  them  to  eat,  and  having  done  so,  to  be  satisfied  and  not 
injure  those  who  would  use  the  land. 


VL    The  Ceremonies 

It  will  have  been  observed  that  offerings  and  minor  ceremonies  are  of 
such  regular  occurrence  that  it  becomes  purely  arbitrary  when  certain 
observances  are  singled  out  for  discussion  under  "ceremonies." 

Many  acts  are  performed  in  connection  with  agriculture,  and  others  at 
various  times  in  the  life  cycle,  which  clearly  are  ceremonies.  Even  the 
building  of  a  house  or  the  cutting  of  certain  trees  requires  the  services  of  one 
or  more  bavlans  who  make  offerings  to  members  of  the  spirit  world. 

The  following  somewhat  special  ceremonies  were  witnessed  one  or  more 
times  during  the  months  spent  in  Bukidnon.  (Among  other  important  ob- 
servances are  Pagalono  or  Pag-gimokod,  Mag-kataposen  and  Pagalogas.)  It  is 
possible  that  others  take  place  but  that  is  doubtful,  for  the  baylans  had 
become  anxious  to  have  even  the  most  minute  details  recorded  for  the 
book  "which  their  grandchildren  might  read  and  come  to  know  the 
customs  of  their  ancestors." 

PANGAMPO 

This  is  a  community  affair  held  when  an  epidemic,  such  as  cholera  or 
smallpox,  threatens;  or  when  locusts  invade  the  area  or  other  disasters  seem 
imminent.  The  headman  {dato  or  presidente)  summons  all  the  people  to  a 
general  meeting.  The  danger  is  stated  and  a  day  is  set  when  all  will  as- 
semble, each  bearing  gifts  for  the  spirits  whose  help  is  sought.  On  the  ap- 
pointed day  packages  of  cooked  rice  tied  in  fresh  banana  leaves  are  placed 
in  a  pile  near  a  large  mat.  Chickens  are  tied  to  stakes  nearby  to  await  the 
time  of  sacrifice.  On  the  mat  are  betel  nuts,  leaves  and  lime  ready  for 
chewing. 

All  the  people  of  the  village  gather  around  while  the  baylans  call  first  to 
the  gimokod  of  the  dead,  then  to  the  Magbabdya  and  the  Alabydnon  and 
especially  to  the  Bulaldkau,  god  of  the  water. 

The  gimokod  are  urged  to  assist  them  in  addressing  the  Magbabdya  so  that 
they  will  avert  the  threatened  danger  and  be  pleased  to  grant  good  crops. 
Each  animal  which  is  to  be  slaughtered  is  passed  from  hand  to  hand  so  that 
everyone  may  blow  on  it.  Meanwhile  the  baylans  beseech  the  Magbabdya  to 
watch  and  listen  to  their  pleas  and  to  keep  the  pests  away.  The  Alabydnon 

99 


100  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

are  urged  to  "form  a  wall  about  them"  (i.e.,  surround  them)  and  persuade 
those  who  carry  illness  not  to  approach  the  town.  When  finally  they  have 
made  a  special  plea  to  Bulaldkau  the  killing  of  animals  begins. 

Preparations  have  been  started  early  in  the  day  but  it  is  nightfall  before 
all  the  food  is  ready  to  be  spread  on  mats  in  the  center  of  a  large  house.  A 
jar  of  liquor  (agkEd,  fermented  rice  wine)  is  placed  in  the  center  and 
around  this  fresh  banana  leaves  are  laid  to  serve  as  plates.  The  packages  of 
cooked  rice  previously  prepared  are  opened  and  meat  is  placed  on  each. 
The  spirits  like  decorations,  so  a  cord  is  stretched  along  each  side  of  the 
room  and  on  it  good  clothes  and  blankets  are  hung.  These  are  not  gifts. 

All  is  ready  and  at  this  juncture  everyone  addresses  the  spirits,  "Now 
you  gimokod,  Magbabaya  and  Alabydnon,  approach  for  it  is  time  to  eat  what 
we  have  prepared.  We  ask  you  to  help  us  in  averting  this  trouble.  You  can 
drive  it  from  this  town.  We  also  wish  to  ask  that  no  other  trouble  may 
come  to  us  and  that  we  may  have  successful  lives.  You  now  surround  this 
town,  so  do  not  let  anything  strange  come  to  us."  The  prayer  or  its  sub- 
stance is  repeated  many  times.  Finally  the  leader  bids  each  person  to  put 
his  food  into  the  large  baskets  so  that  it  may  be  re-divided.  Equal  shares 
are  given  to  every  person  there,  including  visitors.  Most  of  them  eat  at 
once,  but  they  may  carry  their  portions  home  if  they  wish. 

PANALIKOT  OR  OMALAGAD 

When  a  person  is  ill  and  the  cause  has  not  been  determined  a  baylan  is 
called.  His  actions  are  similar  to  those  described  under  the  Kaliga-6n  cere- 
mony, but  since  it  differs  in  part  it  is  given  as  witnessed. 

A  baylan  came,  and  after  placing  the  spear  on  the  floor,  he  put  tinalad 
beside  it  and  prayed  to  the  Magbabaya,  "Please  help  me  to  ask  the  spirit 
who  holds  the  babala-on  [spear].  Let  the  spirits  of  the  old  baylans  come  and 
watch  my  work  for  this  is  a  sick  man  here  whom  I  am  going  to  bala-on 
[i.e.,  learn  the  cause  of  his  sickness].  What  kind  of  illness  has  the  man?" 
Then  addressing  the  spear,  the  baylan  said,  "You  spear,  I  want  you  now  to 
tell  me  the  truth;  you  must  not  lie.  Let  me  know  what  sickness  this  man 
has."  He  measured  one  span  of  his  arms  on  the  spear  and  then  stuck  it  into 
the  floor  after  having  marked  the  distance  on  the  shaft.  Then  he  said, 
"Now  perhaps  the  man  has  been  made  ill  by  the  Salikot,  or  some  other 
spirits  [the  Salikot  are  not  spirits  but  are  the  articles  owned  by  certain 
spirits  as  described  on  p.  101].  If  that  is  true,  let  the  measurement  be  ex- 
tended." He  again  measured  and  found  that  he  was  able  to  increase  his 
span.  As  the  Salikot  had  been  mentioned,  it  was  decided  that  they  caused 
the  sickness.  Then  addressing  the  spirit,  he  said,  "Whey!  If  it  is  true  that 
the  Salikot  has  caused  the  sickness  I  want  that  the  man  now  be  well,  for 
now  I  will  cut  the  comb  of  a  chicken  [ipo].  Here  is  a  red  chicken  and  a  dog 


THE  CEREMONIES  101 

which  I  am  going  to  ipo  [i.e.,  pledge]  so  that  this  man  may  be  well.  To- 
morrow he  should  be  all  right  for  I  will  prepare  the  things  necessary  for  the 
ceremony."  He  then  cut  a  small  piece  out  of  the  comb  of  the  rooster  and 
poured  a  little  water  on  the  dog  while  he  said,  "Let  the  sick  man  be  well 
for  I  ipo  the  dog.  Now  I  want  the  Omaldgad  to  come  here  and  listen  to  me 
for  I  will  ipo  the  dog."  (If  this  takes  place  before  harvest  time,  the  ceremony 
will  not  be  held  until  after  the  crops  are  gathered,  otherwise  it  will  be  held 
as  soon  as  the  things  can  be  prepared.)  Liquor  was  prepared  and  chickens 
and  rice  were  reserved  for  the  celebration  which  followed. 

On  the  morning  of  February  3  (1910)  all  the  people  of  the  town  who 
were  under  promise  to  make  this  ceremony  and  a  few  of  their  friends  went 
to  a  large  baliti  tree  in  the  forest.  (Anyone  who  desires  may  go  with  them 
but  no  one  may  return  to  the  town  for  three  days;  neither  may  anyone  go 
to  the  place  where  the  ceremony  is  held  after  it  is  begun.  All  trails  leading 
to  the  place  are  closed — i.e.,  long  grass  with  a  knot  tied  near  the  end  is 
placed  along  the  trail  and  should  anyone  pass  the  warnings,  and  approach 
the  forbidden  spot,  a  spear  is  immediately  hurled  at  him,  and  should  it 
result  in  injury  or  death  the  person  who  threw  it  is  not  considered  at  fault 
and  may  not  be  punished.  In  the  old  times,  even  fighting  parties  would 
respect  this  sign.  (Recently,  it  is  said,  a  relative  of  the  sick  man  approached 
after  the  ceremony  had  begun,  and  a  spear  was  hurled  at  his  feet,  "not  to 
kill  him,  but  to  observe  the  old  custom.")  All  the  necessary  things  were  put 
at  the  foot  of  the  tree  and  while  the  women  prepared  and  cooked  the  rice, 
the  men  made  a  little  platform  (banko)  against  the  trunk  of  the  tree.  During 
the  ceremony,  the  participants  never  call  the  baliti  tree  by  its  name,  but 
speak  of  it  as  la-kog,  because  that  is  the  name  by  which  it  is  known  to  the 
spirit  Omaldgad.  A  little  ladder  is  placed  against  the  banko  so  that  it  leads 
from  it  up  to  the  leaves  of  the  tree,  where  the  spirit  of  the  tree  lives.  This 
ladder  must  be  placed  bottom  up  "because  it  will  then  be  right  for  the 
spirit  who  is  coming  down."  The  horns  of  a  buck  deer  are  joined  with  boar 
tusks  and  about  them  is  wrapped  any  strange  vine,  as  for  instance  one 
found  growing  through  a  hole  in  a  tree  or  one  tying  itself  in  a  knot.  At  any 
time  other  than  the  ceremony,  those  objects  are  known  as  salikot  but  during 
the  ceremony  they  are  known  as  osig. 

The  baylan  then  addressed  the  spirits,  "Now  Omaldgad  [a  spirit  whose 
home  is  unknown;  he  is  a  powerful  Alabjdnon  who  is  chief  of  the  spirits  of 
rocks,  cliffs,  and  trees,  and  by  some  said  to  be  the  patron  of  the  hunters 
who  cares  for  the  dogs.  His  power  is  equal  to  that  of  the  chief  Bulaldkati], 
Magbabdya  and  all  the  Alabjdnon,  come  and  see  me  while  I  am  killing  these 
chickens."  He  put  the  blood  of  the  chicken  on  the  ipo  dog  and  on  the  osig, 
saying,  "Perhaps  the  man  was  sick  because  he  was  injured  by  those  pig 


102  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

tusks;  I  want  him  to  be  all  right  because  now  I  put  blood  on  them.  Now 
I  am  putting  blood  on  the  vine,  because  it  winds,  for  maybe  the  vine  has 
made  him  sick.  If  these  horns  have  caused  the  illness,  I  want  the  man  to  be 
well  for  I  am  putting  the  blood  here."  A  balabag  (p.  98)  was  built  and 
the  feathers  and  entrails  of  the  fowls  put  oft-  it.  The  rice  when  cooked  was 
covered  with  banana  leaves  and  the  cooked  chicken  was  placed  in  a  dish. 
All  of  this  together  with  liquor  and  prepared  betel  nut  was  placed  on  the 
banko.  The  packages  of  rice  were  opened  and  some  meat  placed  on  them. 
A  spear  was  placed  beside  the  banko,  leaning  against  the  tree,  and  the  osig 
hung  beside  it.  Then  the  spirits  were  again  summoned,  first  Magbabdya, 
second  Mago-manay — a  spirit  subject  to  Omaldgad,  owner  of  the  deer  and 
wild  hogs — third  Omaldgad,  and  finally  a  general  invitation  was  given  to 
all  Alabydnon  to  come  and  eat.  When  time  had  been  given  for  the  spirits  to 
finish  the  people  ate.  When  they  had  finished,  the  man  who  had  been  ill 
fastened  the  osig  over  his  shoulder,  canteen  fashion,  and  accompanied  by 
all  the  men  and  boys  and  the  ipo  dog,  started  out  to  hunt.  The  girls  and 
women  remained  under  the  baliti  tree.  The  men  may  not  return  until  they 
have  captured  a  pig  or  deer  or  until  the  end  of  three  days.  During  their 
absence  the  women  may  not  sleep,  for  if  they  do  the  dogs  will  lose  all  inter- 
est in  the  chase.  If  they  play  the  dogs  will  also  play  and  be  worthless.  They 
can  speak  only  in  low  tones  for  the  spirit  of  the  baliti  tree — tagahilum, 
"dweller  in  silence" — is  angered  by  loud  noises  or  harsh  sounds.  In  this 
particular  ceremony  the  men  failed  to  secure  any  game. 

When  the  hunters  are  successful,  they  return  to  the  tree,  and  after 
singeing  the  game,  remove  the  intestines  and  cut  up  the  animal.  The  head 
is  hung  on  the  tree  and  the  rest  of  the  meat  is  prepared  for  food.  Tinalad 
(prepared  betel  nut)  is  added  to  the  food  and  all  is  off'ered  to  the  same 
spirits  as  before.  "Now  Omaldgad  you  must  come  because  we  have  here  a 
wild  pig  [or  deer].  Look  at  this  dog  and  let  him  always  get  the  wild  pig  [or 
deer].  When  you  have  eaten,  chew  the  tinalad."  After  the  spirits  have  fin- 
ished, the  people  divide  the  food  and  eat;  none  of  it  can  be  carried  home, 
except  the  head,  which  may  be  taken  at  the  end  of  the  ceremony.  They 
remain  quietly  at  the  tree  until  the  customary  three  days  have  passed, 
after  which  they  return  to  their  homes. 

The  ipo  dog  is  not  killed,  for  it  now  belongs  to  Omaldgad.  The  former 
owner  cares  for  it  but  cannot  sell  it.  Should  anyone  injure  the  dog,  he  will 
become  ill  in  the  same  region  in  which  the  dog  was  injured. 

PAGlLIS  OR  PAMLlWAS 

This  ceremony  was  witnessed  several  times.  There  were  minor  varia- 
tions yet  all  were  so  similar  that  a  detailed  account  of  one  held  in  the  vil- 


THE  CEREMONIES  103 

lage  of  Manigi  (on  February  16,  1910)  gives  the  essential  details.  A  man 
who  had  a  severe  attack  of  fever  failed  to  recover  his  strength  so  a  baylan, 
an  old  woman,  was  called  to  conduct  the  Pagtlis  ceremony.  Two  chickens 
were  caught  (a  pig  is  often  used)  and  tied;  then  tinalad  was  prepared  and 
put  beside  them,  and  the  baylan  summoned  many  spirits  (calling  them  by 
name)  to  come  and  see  what  they  were  about  to  do.  She  cut  the  throats  of 
the  chickens  and  allowed  the  blood  to  fall  on  the  leaves  in  a  dish.  These  she 
took  to  the  sick  man,  and  while  two  girls  held  a  cloth  over  his  head,  she 
poured  water  on  the  dish  of  bloody  leaves.  These  leaves  were  later  put  up 
in  the  house,  for  as  they  continue  to  grow  so  will  the  man  have  a  long  life. 

The  chickens  were  then  scalded  and  picked;  the  feathers  and  entrails 
and  some  cooked  rice  were  carried  outside  and  put  on  a  little  platform  as 
an  offering  to  the  fowls  and  animals  belonging  to  the  spirits,  "so  that  they 
will  not  enter  the  house  and  disturb  the  people."  The  baylan  prayed  for 
some  time  calling  on  the  spirits  to  send  their  animals,  and  then  she  ad- 
dressed the  animals  themselves,  bidding  them  to  take  the  offering  and  be 
satisfied. 

Returning  to  the  house,  she  took  the  rice  and  meat  which  had  been 
cooked  and  put  them  in  two  dishes;  she  also  took  a  coconut  shell  filled  with 
water,  a  betel  nut  box,  and  tinalad.  All  of  these  were  spread  on  a  mat  in  the 
center  of  the  floor,  and  the  old  woman  squatted  before  them.  The  wife  of 
the  sick  man  put  ten  cents  on  the  mat  for  the  baylan,  who  then  began  to 
pray  to  the  spirits,  "Now  you  spirits  when  you  have  finished  eating,  go  back 
home  and  take  with  you  the  odor  of  our  rice  and  meat.  Now  we  hope  that 
the  sick  man  will  be  well  for  we  have  offered  these  things  to  you.  If  you  are 
the  ones  who  have  made  him  sick,  please  pardon,  but  if  you  are  not  the 
ones  who  did  cause  the  sickness,  please  tell  the  right  one,  for  this  man  has 
done  no  harm."  Taking  up  the  shell  cup,  she  poured  the  water  through  the 
cracks  of  the  bamboo  floor,  still  praying;  then  taking  up  the  coin,  she 
prayed  over  it. 

When  she  had  finished  her  prayer,  she  went  to  the  sick  man  and  pre- 
tended to  spit  on  his  forehead;  then  making  a  funnel  of  her  hand,  she  blew 
on  his  forehead  while  she  whispered,  "Now  you  will  be  all  right:  this  betel 
nut  which  we  have  here  is  the  witness." 

This  finished,  all  present  chewed  the  tinalad,  after  which  they  ate  the 
prepared  food.  While  the  old  woman  baylan  talked  to  the  spirits,  her  son 
talked  to  the  gimokod — spirits  of  the  dead. 

The  total  pay  of  the  baylan  was  25  centavos. 

PAMAHANDI 

The  spirits  listed  under  Pamahandi  are  given  on  page  94.  They  belong 
to  the  Alabyanon  division  and  are  generally  regarded  as  being  friendly. 


104  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

They  bring  material  prosperity,  particularly  in  regard  to  horses  and  cara- 
bao.  However,  they  may  send  illness,  such  as  earache  or  consumption,  if 
offended.  In  their  capacity  as  senders  of  good  fortune  they  are  so  much 
respected  that  each  family  will  hold  a  yearly  ceremony  in  their  honor. 

The  following  ceremony  was  given  byibur  families  in  the  village  of 
Langawan  (February  11,  1910).  Two  families  who  had  suffered  illness 
caused  by  the  Pamahdndi  puti  and  Pamahdndi  slgolon  were  making  good  their 
promise  to  celebrate  for  them.  The  other  families  were  petitioning  for  good 
fortune. 

At  the  time  that  the  sickness  occurred,  the  baylan  had  pretended  to  spit 
on  the  head  of  the  sick  person  and  had  said,  "Now  if  it  is  true  that  the 
Pamahdndi  cause  this  sickness,  let  it  vanish  for  I  will  ipo  [pledge]  a  chicken — 
a  white  one — and  when  we  have  gathered  the  necessary  things  we  will 
make  a  ceremony."  A  chicken  had  been  secured,  water  was  poured  on  it, 
and  a  piece  cut  out  of  its  comb,  while  the  baylan  said,  "Now  I  pour  water  on 
the  chicken  for  the  Pamahdndi  as  a  sign  that  when  I  am  ready  I  will  cele- 
brate the  Pamahdndi  ceremony." 

On  February  11,  1910,  about  twenty-five  people  gathered  in  a  small 
house.  Ten  chickens  were  brought  and  placed  before  the  baylan  who  be- 
sought the  spirits,  "Whey!  I  pray  the  gimokod  of  my  old  ancestors  to  help 
me  to  talk  to  the  Pamahdndi  as  I  do  not  know  how  to  address  them;  so  I  will 
ask  you  to  talk  for  me,  and  also  to  address  the  Magbabdya  who  looks  after 
us.  It  is  good  if  they  look  at  me  now  for  I  am  blowing  on  the  chicken  and 
am  making  the  Pamahdndi  [ceremony]."  Then  addressing  the  Pamahdndi, 
he  said,  "It  is  better  for  you  to  look  here  at  this  ipo  chicken  for  I  am  going  to 
kill  it  for  you  and  I  ask  you  that  the  persons  who  have  been  ill  may  be  well 
and  also  that  all  of  us  may  have  plenty  of  horses  and  carabao  and  enough 
to  eat."  A  general  invitation  was  extended  to  all  the  other  Alabydnon  to 
come  and  eat,  after  which  the  ten  chickens  were  killed.  Their  blood  was 
saved  in  a  dish  and  later  was  sprinkled  on  the  dalaga-6n  leaves;  then  the 
fowls  were  cleaned  and  prepared  for  food.  Rice  had  been  previously 
cooked  and  wrapped  in  banana  leaves.  During  the  two  hours  consumed  in 
the  preparation  of  the  chickens,  the  people  talked  or  slept. 

When  all  was  ready,  mats  were  spread  on  the  floor  and  an  oil  can  filled 
with  liquor  was  put  in  the  center.  A  blanket  was  wrapped  around  it  and 
three  coin  necklaces  laid  on  top.  Around  this  were  placed  packages  of  rice, 
part  of  which  were  opened  and  the  meat  laid  on  top;  also  three  dishes  of 
water  were  placed  nearby.  Tinalad  was  put  on  the  mat  and  the  people 
gathered  around — most  of  them  praying — while  the  baylan  addressed  the 
spirits,  "Now  you  gimokod  and  you  Pamahdndi  [calling  each  by  name],  I 
called  you  before  to  see  me  kill  the  chickens,  now  I  ask  you  to  come  and 


THE  CEREMONIES  105 

eat  and  drink  the  agkEd  and  chew  this  tinalad.  This  is  for  you  and  now  let 
the  sick  persons  be  well  and  let  us  all  have  good  fortunes  so  that  we  may 
not  lack  anything  all  our  lives."  When  he  stopped,  each  person  who  had 
been  ill  came  forward  and  held  his  hand  over  the  food  as  a  sign  that  he  had 
kept  his  promise.  The  food  was  then  divided  into  piles  equal  to  the  number 
of  guests  and  the  balance  of  the  night  was  spent  in  eating  and  drinking. 
Only  those  who  are  giving  the  ceremony  should  eat  of  the  ipo  chickens, 
or  the  spirits  will  not  grant  their  request.  The  bay  Ian  who  acts  at  this  cere- 
mony should  not  give  away  anything  for  three  days.  If  he  does  the  people 
who  made  the  ceremony  will  lose  in  any  trade  made  during  that  time. 

kasaboahAj^ 

The  baylans  often  use  this  name  as  if  it  were  a  spirit  or  a  set  of  spirits,  yet 
it  is  only  the  name  of  a  ceremony  signifying  "union"  or  "assembly"  which 
is  held  for  Maltbotan  and  his  grandfather,  Magbabdya  minumsob.  These 
spirits  make  one  or  both  of  a  bridal  pair  ill  unless  a  ceremony  is  made  for 
them  each  year.  Consequently  each  married  couple  celebrates  the  Kasa- 
boahdn.  If  one  becomes  ill  soon  after  the  marriage,  the  cause  is  known  al- 
most to  a  certainty,  but  to  make  sure  the  baylan  takes  his  spear  and  having 
measured  the  span  of  his  arms  on  it,  he  sticks  it  into  the  floor,  places 
tinalad  beside  it  and  calls  Magbabdya  minumsob  togdwa  nangalangan — one  of 
the  more  powerful  of  Magbabdyas  who  lives  straight  above  and  looks  after 
people  and  is  also  able  to  foretell  events — and  the  gimokod:  "Now  I  want 
you  to  come  and  chew  this  tinalad,  for  I  want  to  inquire  concerning  this 
sick  person.  Let  me  know  without  error  how  the  sickness  was  caused  when 
I  measure  this  spear.  What  kind  of  sickness  is  this?  Is  it  Kasaboahdn?'"  He 
measures  again  on  the  spear  and  if  the  span  has  increased  it  is  a  sure  sign 
that  the  spirit  of  Kasaboahdn — Maltbotan — has  caused  the  illness.  Going  to 
the  sick  man  he  spits  on  his  forehead.  "Whey!  If  it  is  true  that  Kasaboahdn 
has  caused  the  illness  I  hope  that  it  will  now  cease,  for  I  promise  that  I  will 
make  a  ceremony  when  he  is  well." 

A  small  box  hanger,  called  sagakad,  is  constructed  and  a  chicken  se- 
cured. These  are  carried  to  the  sick  man  and  the  baylan,  after  blowing  on 
the  fowl,  says:  "Whey!  The  Kasaboahdn  must  hear  me;  the  chicken  is  here 
and  I  will  kill  it  for  him  and  then  he  should  allow  the  man  to  be  well 
again."  The  chicken  is  killed  and  its  blood  rubbed  on  the  sagakad  after 
which  the  meat  and  some  rice  are  cooked.  When  prepared  the  food  is  car- 
ried to  the  sick  man  and  placed  on  a  mat.  Fresh  banana  leaves  are  put  in 
the  sagakad  and  rice  and  meat  laid  on  them.  This  done,  the  baylan  addresses 
the  same  spirit  as  before,  "Come  and  eat  this  food  and  chew  tinalad,  and  I 
beg  that  the  Kasaboahdn /will  let  this  sick  man  be  well."  He  then  raises  the 
dishes  of  food  and  says,  "Here  Kasaboahdn  is  your  food  in  the  dish,  and  for 


106  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

you,  grandfather  of  Kasaboahdn  {Magbabdya  minumsob),  I  have  put  this  food 
in  the  sagakad."  He  offers  them  tinalad  to  chew  and  pours  out  water  so  they 
may  wash  their  fingers,  and  the  ceremony  is  ended. 

The  people  eat  the  food,  except  that  in  the  sagakad,  which  is  eaten  by  the 
patient  and  his  wife.  The  baylan  who  officiates  receives  50  centavos  if  he  has 
summoned  both  Malibotan  and  his  grandfather,  but  25  centavos  if  only  the 
first.  After  the  ceremony,  the  sagakad  is  hung  up  in  the  house  as  a  sign  that 
the  ceremony  has  been  held. 

PANGOLO-AMBIT 

This  ceremony  was  witnessed  only  once,  when  the  presidente  of 
Mambwaya  took  a  widow  for  his  second  wife.  Lacking  the  money  neces- 
sary to  pay  for  the  woman,  the  presidente  agreed  to  pay  the  amount  after 
the  coming  harvest. 

A  mat  was  spread  on  the  floor  and  tinalad  and  four  betel  nut  boxes  were 
placed  on  it.  The  first  box  was  for  the  gimokod  of  the  widow's  first  husband; 
the  second,  for  the  gimokod  of  the  presidente,  the  widow,  and  the  presi- 
dente's  first  wife;  the  third  was  for  the  Magbabdya;  and  the  fourth,  which 
was  empty,  was  also  for  the  gimokod  of  the  widow's  first  husband  and  was 
his  "pay"  for  the  woman.  Having  received  this,  he  should  be  satisfied  and 
not  cause  any  trouble  for  the  newly-married  pair.  The  old  woman  baylan 
sat  on  one  side  of  the  mat,  the  presidente  on  the  other,  and  the  presidente's 
first  wife  and  the  widow  at  one  end. 

The  baylan  first  called  Magbabdya  to  come  and  be  a  witness  of  the  cere- 
mony, to  care  for  the  gimokod  of  the  widow's  husband,  and  to  give  the 
couple  a  good  living,  and  not  to  scold  them.  "You  have  power  to  regulate 
their  lives.  Look  and  see  that  the  presidente  did  not  steal  this  woman,  but 
secured  her  according  to  our  custom.  It  is  right  for  this  widow  to  remarry 
now  for  this  is  the  custom  of  widows."  The  baylan  then  turned  a  betel  box 
around  and  addressed  the  gimokod  of  the  widow's  husband:  "Now  I  turn 
this  box  around  so  that  if  you  are  here  you  must  depart  at  once  without 
looking  back."  Raising  another  box  in  her  hand,  she  said,  "This  is  a  sign 
that  the  woman  must  not  sink  in  sickness  and  poverty  but  must  float  like  a 
boat  on  good  fortune  and  at  last  reach  success." 

She  then  summoned  the  eight  Naglimbag,  the  eight  Gilimbagen,  and  the 
eight  Magbabdya.  She  could  not  explain  the  first  two  sets  of  spirits,  other 
than  to  say  that  she  had  been  instructed  to  call  these  spirits  when  doing 
this  ceremony.  Tagalambon  (probably  Domaloftdon)  was  then  called  "be- 
cause he  is  the  patron  of  the  datos  and  the  presidente  is  a  dato." 

The  baylan  chewed  betel  nut  alone  and  expectorated  through  the  slits  in 
the  bamboo  floor  "so  that  all  evil  may  be  gone."  Then  she  stood  up, 
turned  towards  the  wall  and  rubbed  her  hand  on  one  of  the  house  supports 


THE  CEREMONIES  107 

"so  that  the  couple  will  grow  like  a  tree  and  will  have  long  life."  Finally 
she  reached  out  further  and  rubbed  her  hand  on  the  bamboo  wall  "so  that 
they  will  have  good  fortune  and  be  like  the  bamboo  for  at  first  it  is  only  one 
or  two  sprouts  but  later  it  spreads  out  into  a  large  clump." 

Again  seating  herself,  she  gave  tinalad  to  the  presidente  and  the  widow 
and  then  caused  them  to  exchange  the  pieces  and  chew  them.  She  did 
likewise  with  the  presidente  and  his  first  wife  "so  that  she  may  have  no 
cause  to  complain."  After  this,  all  chewed  tinalad  and  the  ceremony  was 
complete.  Three  days  after  the  ceremony  the  presidente  became  ill  with 
dysentery.  The  spirits  were  considered  as  the  cause,  and  two  days  later  the 
ceremony  Kasaboahan  was  celebrated  (see  p.  105). 

KALIGA-6N 

The  powerful  group  of  Kaliga-6n  spirits  noted  above  is  closely  associated 
with  the  rice  harvest,  but  its  members  also  keep  watch  over  humans  and 
warn  or  scold  them,  when  necessary,  by  sending  sickness. 

If  a  person  has  a  serious  illness  which  refuses  to  yield  to  other  remedies, 
a  baylan  is  called  to  determine  if  the  Kaliga-6n  are  responsible.  This  pre- 
liminary step  is  called  Pagbdla  and  consists  of  measuring  a  spear,  as  men- 
tioned in  other  ceremonies. 

Betel  nut  is  offered  by  the  baylan  who  then  addresses  the  Magbabdva. 
The  substance  of  the  prayer  is  an  appeal  for  a  speedy  recovery  and  for  abil- 
ity to  learn  the  cause  of  the  illness.  He  calls,  "If  the  sickness  is  caused  by 
the  Kaliga-6n  let  the  measurement  on  this  spear  be  extended."  If  it  is  in- 
creased, he  names  the  individual  spirits  of  this  group.  After  each  name  he 
measures  until  the  right  one  is  known.  A  person  whose  illness  is  diagnosed 
in  this  manner  is  called  ayawan,  or  "scolded." 

Should  the  patient  be  passing  blood,  or  if  he  has  a  wound  which  refuses 
to  heal,  it  is  not  necessary  to  measure  for  it  is  already  certain  that  the 
spirit  named  Masanbasau  is  responsible. 

The  Kaliga-6n  (see  pp.  96-7)  have  certain  objects  which  belong  to  or  rep- 
resent them.  Two  or  three  sticks  tied  horizontally  are  known  as  dagingdn 
and  belong  to  the  spirits  Dagingdn,  Korongon,  Liga-Sn,  Bontidlon,  SEgkardn, 
and  Laulaii-6n.  Four  sticks  tied  in  the  same  way  are  known  by  the  same 
name  but  are  for  the  spirit  SapawEn.  A  wooden  doll  represents  Lantangdn 
and  a  single  bamboo  tube  is  for  Tamboldn.  For  Masaubasau,  Tagalambon, 
Hinoldban,  and  GologSndo  little  basket-like  affairs  of  bamboo  tubes  which  arc 
known  as  golon-golon  are  made.  Should  one  of  the  spirits  for  whom  the 
dagingdn  is  made  cause  a  person  to  be  ill  before  the  planting  time,  the 
baylan  will  take  a  chicken  and  cut  a  small  piece  off"  its  comb.  These  chickens 
are  called  ipo — "pledged" — and  should  anyone  kill  them,  the  patient  will 


108  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

be  sick  or  die.  The  baylan  prays,  "Make  the  sick  person  well  and  when  the 
time  for  planting  comes,  these  people  will  make  a  dagingbn  and  put  it  into 
the  fields  for  you." 

When  the  fields  are  ready  the  baylan  makes  the  promised  object  and 
accompanied  by  the  family  and  the  friends" -of  the  sick  person,  goes  to  the 
field.  A  round  piece  of  bark  is  cut  and  a  stick  is  stuck  through  the  center  so 
as  to  form  a  sort  of  table  called  kaldtan.  On  this  are  placed  a  number  of 
pieces  of  betel  nut  ready  for  chewing,  and  the  baylan  sits  before  it  and 
prays,  "You  DagingOn  must  care  for  these  plants  and  everything  we  have  in 
the  field  and  I  promise  that  when  the  crops  are  harvested,  we  will  celebrate 
the  Kaliga-On."  The  object  called  dagingdn  is  actually  the  home  of  IbabasO,  a 
servant  of  the  Kaliga-6n.  All  those  present  chew  betel  nut  while  the  baylan 
and  the  girls  sing  the  kaliga. 

Certain  types  of  songs  and  set  words  belong  to  this  ceremony.  To  these 
the  baylan  adds  some  of  his  own.  Many  of  the  words  of  the  set  songs  are  very 
old  and  are  understood  by  few,  if  any,  of  the  people.  The  girls  sing  only  a 
few  words,  but  these  are  repeated  over  and  over:  Hindog  mayau  so  Kaliga-6n 
mandiay  ("We  stand  because  the  Kaliga-On  who  caused  the  sickness  is 
here").  When  they  have  sung  for  an  hour  or  more,  they  put  the  dagingdn 
in  a  little  house  made  of  two  forked  sticks  with  cross  pole  and  roof,  and 
return  home.  The  dagingdn  and  the  little  house,  called  lawig,  built  for  it 
must  always  be  placed  above  the  kalOtan.  Nothing  further  is  done  until  the 
time  for  Kaliga-6n.  This  ceremony  is  called  Pagbltay. 

Should  sickness  occur  after  planting  time,  the  dagingdn  is  not  made  until 
the  day  of  Kaliga-6n  and  no  ceremony  takes  place  in  the  fields.  However, 
the  comb  of  the  chicken  is  cut  and  the  promise  to  celebrate  the  Kaliga-6n 
is  made. 

When  it  is  found  that  the  sickness  is  caused  by  one  of  the  spirits  for  whom 
the  golon-golon  is  made,  the  baylan  pretends  to  spit  on  the  forehead  of  the 
patient  and  says,  "Whey!  If  it  is  true  that  you,  so-and-so,  are  making  this 
man  sick,  I  beg  of  you  that  he  will  be  made  well  at  once,  for  tomorrow 
I  will  cut  the  comb  of  a  chicken  and  we  will  sing  kaliga,  and  I  will  promise 
the  chicken  for  the  Kaliga-6n."  The  following  night  they  will  make  a  round 
box  of  bark  and  fill  it  with  dirt  and  ashes  on  which  they  will  build  a  fire. 
This  is  known  as  the  dapolan  and  is  always  made  when  kaliga  is  sung  in  the 
house.  Close  by  the  dapolan  the  promised  chicken  is  tied  and  betel  nut  is 
spread  out.  The  baylan  then  addresses  the  spirit:  "Now  we  are  here.  Now  I 
am  close  by  the  dapolan  and  I  have  tinalad  here  for  you.  Take  it  and  chew  it 
and  if  you  have  made  the  sickness,  let  the  man  get  well,  and  I  promise  that 
I  will  celebrate  the  Kaliga-on  for  you  and  offer  the  chicken  to  you  when  the 
harvest  time  is  past."  After  the  prayer  the  baylan  cuts  the  comb  of  the 


THE  CEREMONIES  109 

chicken,  the  people  chew  the  tinalad  and  the  baylan  and  the  girls  sing  the 
kaliga  for  an  hour  or  two.  For  the  Kaliga-6n,  red  or  colored  chickens  are 
used. 

When  the  harvest  time  has  passed  and  the  people  have  sufficient  food 
accumulated,  they  prepare  for  the  Kaliga-6n.  Usually  all  those  people  in  the 
town  who  are  under  promise  to  celebrate  will  combine  to  make  it  at  the 
same  time,  but  should  one  not  be  prepared  when  the  others  are  ready,  he 
or  she  will  celebrate  it  alone. 

When  the  time  for  the  ceremony  is  near,  each  family  prepares  a  jar  of 
agkEd  (fermented  rice-wine)  and  reserves  about  two  measures  of  rice,  some 
chickens,  and  perhaps  a  pig.  Each  family  is  also  expected  to  supply  its  share 
of  wood,  water,  and  banana  leaves.  When  the  drinking  has  started  and  the 
other  preparations  are  in  process,  the  workers  will  sing  the  kaliga. 

On  the  night  of  February  1 ,  eight  families  of  Langawan  and  their  friends 
gathered  at  one  house,  where  it  had  been  agreed  to  celebrate  Kaliga-6n. 
A  dapolan  (round  fire-box)  had  been  made  and  on  it  a  fire  was  kindled; 
then  tinalad  was  prepared  and  placed  beside  it.  The  four  baylans  of  the 
town  squatted  before  the  offering  and  prayed  to  the  spirits,  "You  Kaliga-6n 
must  come  and  take  this  tinalad  and  chew  it,  for  we  now  tell  you  that  to- 
morrow night  will  be  Ipasakdy  ["the  notifying"].  We  want  you  to  tell  your 
companions  and  parents  and  other  spirits  that  tomorrow  night  will  be 
Ipasakdy  y 

Before  the  baylans  call  any  other  spirits,  they  must  always  address 
Molin-olin,  for  it  is  he  who  is  the  patron  of  all  baylans.  He  taught  the  first 
baylan  and  he  still  aids  the  others.  The  prayer  to  him  is  usually  a  request  for 
a  clear  mind  so  that  the  baylan  may  not  forget  the  words  of  his  song  or  the 
things  he  is  to  do.  When  the  prayer  was  finished  the  people  chewed  the 
tinalad  and  one  of  the  baylans  took  his  place  on  one  side  of  the  dapolan  and 
began  to  sing  the  kaliga,  meanwhile  slowly  circling  the  fire  while  four  girls 
formed  a  half-circle  on  the  other  side  and  moved  slowly  around,  singing  at 
intervals.  The  words  of  the  song  (previously  given)  are  always  the  same  and 
are  repeated  time  and  again.  Often  two  groups  will  be  singing  different 
parts  at  the  same  time,  while  the  baylan  is  carrying  his  song  in  quite  a  dif- 
ferent time  and  key.  When  singing,  the  girls  always  hold  a  cloth  before 
their  faces,  for  they  are  "ashamed  to  have  people  see  their  mouths  open 
when  singing." 

At  times  during  the  evening,  some  boys  danced  a  sort  of  clog  dance 
(salumpi)  and  the  girls  danced  the  lagoras,  used  only  at  this  time.  Two  girls 
hold  hands,  right  and  left,  and  as  they  dance,  they  swing  them  forward  and 
up,  hold  them  an  instant  in  the  air,  and  then  swing  them  back.  They  circle 
to  right  or  left  as  they  dance.  In  going  to  the  right,  the  step  is  as  follows: 


110  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

the  left  foot  is  slipped  or  drawn  along  the  floor  towards  the  right  on  count 
one  and  the  right  foot  then  makes  the  beats  2,  3,  4,  the  first  two  in  one 
place,  the  third  towards  the  right;  this  continues  until  the  circle  has  been 
completed.  When  dancing  toward  the  left^  the  movement  of  the  feet  is 
reversed,  the  right  foot  making  the  first  count  and  the  left  2,  3,  and  4.  The 
singing  and  dancing  continued  until  daybreak.  The  baylans  say  that  the 
dance  has  no  meaning,  but  is  used  whenever  the  people  feel  sleepy  to  keep 
them  awake. 

The  night  of  February  2,  the  people  again  assembled  to  celebrate  the 
Ipasakay,  i.e.,  they  sang  and  danced  all  night  in  order  to  notify  the  Kaliga-6n 
that  the  real  ceremony  would  begin  the  next  day.  The  dapolan  was  again 
put  in  the  middle  of  the  floor  and  tinalad  was  placed  beside  it.  The  baylans 
sat  before  these  and  each  prayed,  first  to  their  patron  Molin-olin,  asking  for 
help  in  remembering  the  songs  they  must  sing  for  the  Kaliga-On;  and  then 
to  Magbabdya:  'T  hope  that  you  will  hear  what  I  am  saying  and  asking  for, 
so  that  I  may  not  forget  the  words  I  must  sing,  for  tonight  I  must  talk  to  the 
Kaliga-6n  and  I  must  not  forget  the  words  of  my  song."  Then  addressing  the 
Kaliga-6n,  they  said,  "You  Kaliga-onI  It  will  be  much  better  if  you  will 
come  near  to  us.  You  must  come  and  take  this  tinalad  so  that  you  may  know 
that  at  this  time  you  are  Ipasakay  ["notified"]  and  that  tomorrow  the 
Kaliga-6n  will  be  held."  When  all  the  baylans  had  prayed,  the  people 
chewed  the  tinalad  and  then  one  of  the  baylans  began  to  sing.  At  first  his 
song  was  addressed  to  Magbabdya  but  soon  it  was  shifted  to  the  Kaliga-6n. 
In  the  song  he  besought  the  spirits  to  let  the  people  be  well  for  they  have, 
promised  to  make  the  ceremony.  At  intervals  the  girls  sang  and  danced 
and  this  continued  until  morning. 

In  the  morning,  the  baylans  went  to  the  fields  where  the  dagingOn  had 
been  placed  the  first  day.  Each  baylan  was  accompanied  by  the  person  for 
whom  the  dagingOn  had  been  made  and  a  number  of  girls  and  other  friends, 
one  of  whom  carried  the  promised  chicken.  When  they  arrived  at  the  field, 
they  prepared  tinalad  and  then  went  to  the  little  house  in  which  the 
dagingOn  had  been  hung.  Below  the  dagingOn  was  the  kalOtan.  The  roof  of 
the  spirit  house  was  torn  off",  and  two  kinds  of  fresh  leaves  were  put  on  the 
dagingOn.  The  tinalad  and  a  can  of  liquor  were  placed  beneath  and  the 
rooster  tied  nearby.  This  done,  the  baylan  prayed,  "You  Kaliga-On  must  not 
be  surprised,  for  I  am  taking  the  dagingOn  to  the  house  where  we  are  to 
celebrate  Kaliga-On;  and  you  spirits  who  have  cared  for  the  dagingOn  here  in 
the  field,  you  must  come  here  and  take  the  tinalad  and  chew  it,  for  I  must 
take  this  dagingon  to  the  house  where  we  celebrate."  When  the  prayer  was 
finished,  all  present  chewed  the  tinalad  and  ate  the  fermented  rice  from  the 
agkEd,  after  which  the  baylan  and  the  girls  sang. 


THE  CEREMONIES 


111 


Fig.  62.     Sacrificing  a  towl  at  the  haliga-on  ceremony. 


At  one  point  in  the  song,  a  baylan  cut  the  throat  of  the  rooster  and  put  its 
blood  on  the  dagingdn  and  the  kaldtan  below  it.  Again  the  baylan  prayed  and 
the  girls  sang  (figs.  62,  63).  At  the  command  of  the  baylan,  a  girl  who  had 
been  ill  came  to  him  and  he  dipped  a  feather  into  the  blood  and  drew  it 
slowly  across  the  palm  of  her  left  hand,  meanwhile  praying,  "May  the  girl 
be  well  now  and  not  be  sick  any  more  for  the  chicken  which  she  promised 
is  now  killed  and  we  are  making  the  ceremony."  Taking  his  stand  on  one 
side  of  the  little  house,  he  slowly  walked  around  it  singing,  the  girls  doing 
likewise.  The  song  informed  the  dagingdn  that  it  was  about  to  be  taken  to 
the  town  and  to  the  place  where  the  Kaliga-6n  was  being  celebrated,  and  it 
was  necessary  that  it  should  accompany  them.  Still  singing,  he  took  the 
dagingdn  from  the  house  and,  accompanied  by  all  those  present,  now  in 
line,  returned  to  the  town  all  singing  continually. 

At  the  edge  of  the  town,  a  messenger  notified  them  that  the  baylans  who 
had  gone  to  the  other  fields  for  the  dagingdn  placed  there  had  not  returned, 
so  the  dagingdn  carried  by  this  party  was  fastened  to  a  tree  to  await  the 
return  of  the  other  baylans.  The  groups  returning  from  the  fields  brought 
plants  for  use  in  the  ceremony.  These  are  all  called  dalaga-6n  and  are  to  be 
put  with  the  dagingdn.  Meanwhile  in  the  town,  other  baylans  had  been  busy 


112 


THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 


Fig.  63.    Making  an  offering  at  the  Kaliga-on  ceremony. 


preparing  dagingdn  for  those  persons  who  had  been  ill  after  planting  and  so 
had  no  lawig  in  the  fields;  they  also  made  the  necessary  golon-golon,  lan- 
tangon,  and  tambolon. 

By  three  in  the  afternoon,  the  other  baylans  had  returned  and  all  was  in 
readiness  for  the  ceremony.  Four  small  poles  about  five  feet  high  were  sunk 
into  the  earth  and  a  platform  put  on  top  of  them.  On  top  were  placed 
offerings  of  rice,  eggs,  agkEd,  dried  roots  and  tinalad,  while  at  the  foot  fifteen 
chickens  and  two  pigs  were  tied.  Later  the  golon-golon,  dagingdn,  tambolOn, 
and  lantangon,  symbols  for  the  spirits,  were  brought.  All  but  the  last  were 
attached  to  the  platform,  but  the  figure  of  Lantangdn  was  dressed  in  white,  a 
red  head-band  was  placed  on  his  head  and  he  was  put  on  a  little  bamboo 
seat  (fig.  64).  The  offerings  put  on  the  platform  at  this  time  and  also  the 
waste  such  as  feathers,  pigs'  feet,  etc.,  are  for  the  harmful  fowls  and  animals 
belonging  to  the  Inkanio,  a  class  of  Alabydnon  spirits,  including  tao  salup, 
"man  of  the  woods";  tao  sa  baliti,  "man  of  the  baliti  tree";  taga  dalama, 
"man  of  the  cliffs";  Bulalakau,  "man  of  the  water";  and  taga  bato,  "man  of 
the  stones."  Unless  this  offering  is  made  their  enormous  animals  are  sure  to 
go  up  into  the  house  and  injure  the  people. 


THE  CEREMONIES 


113 




''•■^ 

-•"••^ 

.  i                                     ', 

MiWii||:|| 

WBl^  ™  • 

■ 

■♦ 

%» 

k 

m 

'^vlyisNAiii 

■i 

\ 

..  ^^^^^ 

Fig.  64.     Culmination  of  the  Kaliga-on  ceremony. 


The  baylans  gathered  around  the  platform  and  one  of  them  set  fire  to  a 
bundle  of  roots  and  each  put  his  fingers  into  the  smoke  and  then  to  his  face 
"in  order  that  they  might  have  a  good  voice  for  singing."  This  part  of  the 
ceremony  is  known  as  Palina.  The  persons  who  were  responsible  for  the 
ceremony  then  gathered  just  back  of  the  platform  and  many  girls  in 
gorgeous  clothes  sat  down  nearby.  Each  baylan  took  a  chicken  in  his  hands 
and  prayed,  then  cut  its  throat  and  allowed  the  Ijlood  to  run  over  the 
leaves  on  the  dagingdn,  golon-golon,  and  the  image  of  Lantangdn.  This  was 
repeated  until  all  the  animals  were  slaughtered,  the  baylans  meanwhile 
saying  to  the  fowls  and  animals  of  the  Kaliga-6n:  "You  animals  of  the 
Kaliga-6n  who  wish  to  suck  the  blood  come  now  and  get  it  and  do  not 
come  to  the  house."  Then  one  of  the  baylans  threw  three  eggs  into  the  air 
and  called  upon  the  fowls  of  the  Kaliga-6n  to  come  and  eat.  The  eggs  fell  to 
the  ground  and  were  broken  so  it  was  known  that  the  fowls  had  eaten  and 
would  not  come  to  the  house  for  food.  One  of  the  women  who  had  been  ill 
came  forward  and  a  baylan  allowed  the  blood  of  a  slaughtered  animal  to 
fall  on  her  hands  and  wrist  at  the  same  time  praying,  "You  Kaliga-6n  who 


114  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

were  angry  and  who  made  the  woman  sick,  give  back  her  health  for  she 
now  celebrates  the  Kaliga-6n  and  this  blood  on  her  hands  is  a  sign  that  she 
has  done  as  she  promised." 

The  leaves  which  had  been  lying  on  the  ground  were  planted  beside  the 
southwest  pole  of  the  platform  and  for  a  tinTc  the  girls  and  the  baylan  sang. 
The  pigs  and  the  chickens  were  carried  away  to  be  prepared  for  food. 
Each  baylan  pulled  a  leaf  from  the  branches  and  stuck  it  into  his  head- 
band as  a  sign  that  they  had  gone  "into  the  shade  of  the  agbon,^'  and  in 
order  that  the  fowls  of  the  Alabydnon  might  recognize  them  as  baylans  and 
not  injure  them.  For  nearly  an  hour  they  sang  there  in  spite  of  a  driving 
rain,  and  at  last  they  took  the  spirit  offerings,  dagingdn,  and  the  rest,  and 
went  to  the  foot  of  the  house  ladder. 

One  of  the  baylans  asked  in  song:  "Is  this  the  house  where  the  sick  person 
lives?" 

One  of  the  other  baylans  who  had  previously  gone  up  asked:  "Who  are 
these  people?  Where  do  they  come  from?  Perhaps  they  wish  us  ill  and  will 
make  us  sick." 

The  baylan  below  (replying):  "Do  not  be  afraid — we  do  not  come  here 
to  do  you  harm.  We  come  here  in  order  to  see  you  keep  the  promise  which 
you  made  to  us." 

The  baylan  above:  "Oh,  if  you  are  the  Kaliga-6n  whom  we  promised  I 
want  you  to  give  us  the  sign  that  you  are  truly  the  right  ones,  so  that  we 
will  not  be  afraid,  and  also  the  people  in  the  house  will  not  have  fear." 

The  baylan  below:  "If  that  is  what  you  wish,  I  will  give  you  the  proof 
that  we  are  the  Kaliga-6n.  Can  you  not  see  these  things  [he  holds  up 
dagingon  and  other  objects]  which  I  hold  in  my  hands?  You  know  that  we 
cannot  come  to  this  town  without  an  object." 

The  baylan  above:  "If  you  are  the  Kaliga-6n  who  made  the  people  sick 
and  are  the  ones  whom  we  promised  and  are  expecting  to  come  at  this 
time,  we  are  glad  to  see  you  when  you  are  in  the  shade  of  this  house.  If 
you  like  our  ladder  you  may  come  up,  for  you  have  not  lost  the  way." 

The  baylan  below:  "Now  since  you  wish  us  to  come  up,  we  will  do  so, 
because  this  was  our  purpose,  to  see  you,  and  we  cannot  go  back  home 
until  the  promise  is  kept." 

Singing,  they  all  entered  the  house.  The  figure  of  Lantangon  was  placed 
beside  the  dapolan  and  the  other  spirit  offerings  were  tied  up  above.  Then 
two  baylans  sang  aunt  (when  Masaubasau  is  one  of  the  spirits  present,  this 
song  must  always  be  sung  or  he  will  be  angry  and  cause  more  sickness). 

Two  jars  of  agkEd  were  brought  in  and  placed  by  LantangDn  and  the 
singing  continued.  Two  dishes  containing  beads,  needles,  and  rings,  and 
two  small  bolos  put  on  the  mat,  were  for  the  baylans.  Five  dishes  of  tinalad 
were  for  the  spirit  Molin-olin,  the  patron  of  the  baylans. 


THE  CEREMONIES  115 

Each  one  prayed:  "Come  and  take  this  tinalad  and  help  me  while  I  sing 
and  talk.  Let  me  have  ability  to  talk  a  long  time  and  not  become  con- 
fused." 

Addressing  the  other  spirits,  they  said:  "Do  not  be  surprised  that  we 
are  here,  for  we  are  now  celebrating  Kaliga-6n  and  even  though  we  do  not 
know  well  how  to  perform  the  ceremony,  do  not  be  angry  with  us,  but  let 
the  sick  persons  become  well  and  let  the  baylans  keep  well,  and  also  the 
people  here,  and  let  nothing  happen  to  our  bodies.  If  we  were  the  wisest 
living,  then  you  would  be  glad,  but  now  we  know  nothing;  but  there  is  no 
one  here  from  whom  the  people  can  inquire,  so  we  are  forced  to  sing." 

Then  all  chewed  the  tinalad,  and  the  baylans  and  girls  sang,  and  the 
latter  sometimes  danced.  For  a  while  anyone  was  allowed  to  sing. 

Meanwhile,  the  food  was  being  prepared  in  the  various  houses,  and 
when  all  was  ready  bamboo  poles  were  laid  on  the  floor  and  mats  were 
spread  over  them.  The  jars  of  agkEd  were  placed  in  the  center,  and  the  food 
wrapped  in  banana  leaves  was  piled  high  on  all  sides.  A  little  bamboo  seat 
with  a  blanket  over  it  was  placed  by  the  "table"  for  the  Kaliga-6n  to  sit  in, 
and  a  talapnay  (round  disks  of  wood  slipped  on  a  stick,  serving  as  a  stand  for 
tinalad)  was  placed  nearby  for  lMntang6n,  the  strongest  spirit  who  visited  the 
ceremony. 

When  all  was  ready,  the  baylans  again  prayed,  offering  the  food  to  the 
spirits.  Meat  and  the  pig  skulls  were  put  in  the  goloh-golon  for  the  spirit 
Awit.  Many  spirits  other  than  the  Kaliga-6n  were  invited  to  come  and  par- 
take of  the  feast.  When  all  had  been  offered,  the  food  was  gathered  up  and 
divided  into  little  piles,  with  an  equal  amount  of  rice  and  meat  for  each 
person  in  the  village.  Those  who  desired  took  their  portions  home,  but  the 
majority  stayed  and  ate  and  drank  together.  At  about  3:00  a.m.  the 
baylans  again  began  to  sing  and  the  girls  assisted  as  before. 

This  continued  until  about  seven  in  the  morning.  At  that  time,  every- 
thing was  removed  from  the  center  of  the  room  except  the  dapolan,  the 
spirit  offerings,  and  the  figure  of  Lantangdn.  One  of  the  baylans  sang  for 
about  an  hour,  then,  taking  some  of  the  leaves  which  had  been  sprinkled 
with  blood  the  day  before,  he  waved  them  above  the  sick  persons  who  were 
sitting  in  a  line  on  the  floor. 

The  baylan  sang:  "Now  you  who  have  been  made  ill  by  Kaliga-6n  will  be 
well,  and  the  sickness  will  disappear,  for  I  am  driving  it  away.  Now  it  is 
late  and  I  am  going  away,  but  before  I  go  I  will  take  the  sickness  with  me." 

He  took  a  coconut  shell  filled  with  water  and  baptized  each  of  the 
patients,  singing:  "Now  you  who  have  been  sick  must  be  well,  for  I  am 
putting  this  cold  water  on  you  so  that  your  minds  will  be  clear  and  you 
will  not  feel  the  sickness  any  more."  (He  explained  to  us,  "The  water 


116  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

washes  away  the  sickness,  just  the  same  as  it  washes  the  dirt  out  of  dirty 
things.") 

Taking  a  comb,  the  haylan  ran  it  a  few  times  over  the  head  of  each  one 
"so  as  to  give  them  clear,  good  heads,  with  no  more  sickness."  He  con- 
tinued singing  while  he  waved  the  bloody  leaves  over  their  heads. 

Finally  the  baylan  pulled  off  the  leaves,  giving  one  to  each  of  the  patients 
in  order  that  they  might  take  them  home  and  keep  them  as  a  sign  that  the 
patients  had  fulfilled  the  promise.  The  girls  gathered  around  the  fire  and 
sang  while  one  baylan  took  down  the  spirit  offerings.  With  these  in  his 
hands  he  stood  beside  the  dapolan  while  a  second  baylan  took  a  small  chicken 
in  his  hands  and  knelt  beside  the  fire. 

For  a  moment  he  prayed  in  silence.  Then,  taking  hold  of  the  upper  and 
lower  parts  of  the  chicken's  bill,  he  tore  it  in  two,  and  rubbed  the  side  of 
the  dapolan  with  its  fluttering  body,  saying:  "The  sickness  of  these  persons 
must  vanish  because  I  put  blood  on  this  dapolan  as  a  sign  that  we  have  kept 
the  promise  to  the  Kaliga-6n  and  the  ceremony  is  finished." 

With  his  fingers,  he  tore  the  body  nearly  in  two  and  spread  it  on  the 
ashes  of  the  fire  as  an  offering  to  the  spirits  who  live  in  the  earth,  as  pay- 
ment for  the  soil  which  was  in  the  dapolan,  "so  that  they  might  have  no 
cause  for  anger." 

All  the  things  were  then  gathered  up  by  the  baylans  and  they  and  the 
girls  sang  as  they  went  out  of  the  house  and  to  the  edge  of  the  town  where 
they  deposited  the  spirit  offerings. 

Thus  the  ceremony  ended.  The  baylans'  final  song  was:  "You  people 
who  have  been  sick  do  not  fear  any  more,  for  I  am  taking  the  sickness  away 
with  me,  for  I  am  going  home  now — this  is  the  time  when  I  must  go 
home." 

The  following  notes  were  added  by  the  baylans: 

If  the  dagingdn  is  not  thrown  away  but  is  fastened  up  in  the  house,  it  is  a 
promise  to  the  Kaliga-6n  that  the  family  will  celebrate  for  them  again  the 
next  year. 

The  doll  called  Lantangon  is  meant  to  represent  that  spirit.  "The  spirits 
probably  come  to  them — LantangDn,  Dagingon — during  the  ceremony,  but 
maybe  they  only  watch  and  see  them." 

Ibabaso  is  a  neighbor  of  the  Kaliga-6n.  He  has  his  own  place  but  when  the 
Kaliga-6n  tell  him  to  go  somewhere  and  care  for  a  field,  he  must  go. 

The  Kaliga-6n  do  not  live  in  the  sky  or  in  the  earth,  but  on  hills  or 
mountains  which  look  like  houses,  especially  volcanoes. 

The  talapnay  is  made  only  for  the  five  strongest  of  the  Kaliga-6n.  They  are 
Lantangon,  Tagalambon,  HinolOban,  GologSndo,  and  Linankdban.  As  Lantangon 
was  the  only  one  of  these  present  at  the  ceremony  only  one  talapnay  was 


THE  CEREMONIES  117 

made,  but  had  others  visited,  a  talapnay  would  have  been  constructed  for 
each  one  attending. 

During  the  ceremony,  the  baylans  wear  head-bands  "because  the  Kaliga- 
6n  are  Bukidnon,"  but  others  may  wear  what  they  Uke. 

There  are  no  restrictions  or  prohibitions  on  either  baylans  or  the  parti- 
cipants after  the  ceremony. 


VIL    The  Tungud  Movement 

In  1908  a  religious  movement  known  as  Tungud  was  started  among  the 
Manobo  of  the  Rio  Libaganon.  It  spread  rapidly  over  the  Manobo  and 
Mandaya  tribes  of  eastern  Mindanao  and  eventually  reached  the  borders 
of  Bukidnon.  The  first  evidences  of  the  cult  in  this  area  came  early  in  1910 
when  certain  villages  on  the  Manobo  border  were  suddenly  deserted.  The 
American  governor,  Lewis,  at  first  considered  this  to  be  a  reaction  against 
his  attempts  to  locate  all  the  Bukidnon  in  model  villages.  Soon,  however, 
it  became  evident  that  this  was  part  of  a  much  wider  movement. 

Since  the  Tungud  did  not  spread  far  in  this  area,  a  brief  account  will  suf- 
fice. Its  origin  and  development  have  been  treated  in  detail  by  Garvan  for 
the  Manobo,  and  by  the  writer  for  the  Mandaya  territory.  (See  Garvan, 
1931,  ch.  29;  and  Cole,  1913,  pp.  179-180.)  A  hitherto  unimportant  Mano- 
bo, named  Mapakla,  apparently  had  died  of  cholera  and  had  been  de- 
serted by  his  kinsmen.  Three  days  later  he  suddenly  appeared — a  well  man 
with  a  definite  mission. 

He  stated  that  the  spirit  Magbabdya  had  cured  him  and  at  the  same  time 
had  commanded  him  to  instruct  the  people  concerning  events  to  come. 
According  to  this  spirit,  the  world  was  soon  to  be  destroyed,  hence  there 
should  be  no  more  planting.  Since  animals  would  no  longer  be  needed  they 
should  be  slaughtered.  A  certain  type  of  religious  house  was  to  be  erected 
in  each  village,  and  "priests"  chosen  and  instructed  by  Mapakla  were  to 
conduct  ceremonies.  At  a  given  time  they  were  to  lead  the  faithful  to  the 
afterworld.  All  others  were  doomed  to  perish. 

The  movement  swept  eastern  Mindanao  but  had  only  minor  influence 
in  Bukidnon.  A  few  peripheral  villages  were  deserted  and  had  not  been 
re-occupied  at  the  time  this  study  was  concluded,  which  suggests  that  the 
acculturational  pressures  were  less  in  the  Bukidnon  region. 


118 


VIIL    Music  and  Dancing 

DANCES 

Dancing  is  the  chief  amusement  at  nearly  every  gathering,  whether  it  be 
a  ceremony  or  merely  to  have  a  good  time.  Many  of  the  dances  are  mimetic 
— such  as  those  imitating  the  movements  of  a  hawk  (fig.  65).  The  dancers 
may  imitate  men  stealing,  courting  or  having  intercourse  with  a  dummy. 
Some  are  very  risque  but  are  witnessed  by  women  and  children  without 
any  sense  of  impropriety. 

The  most  common  dance  is  the  sayau,  in  which  one  or  more  participants 
— male  or  female — hold  cloths  in  their  hands.  They  bend  their  wrists  back- 
ward and  forward;  their  extended  arms  go  in  circles,  to  and  fro  in  slow 
graceful  movements  "like  the  hawk"  whose  flight  the  dance  imitates. 
When  the  sayau  is  danced  in  the  house  the  music  is  furnished  by  two  or 
three  women  who  beat  on  a  mat  with  the  palms  of  their  hands.  The  beat  is 
one  heavy  with  the  left  hand  and  three  light  with  the  right. 

The  sinakaysakay  is  a  woman's  dance.  The  participant  holds  a  shield  in 
each  hand  and  raises  and  lowers  it  "as  if  flying."  Meanwhile  she  circles, 
keeping  time  to  the  music,  as  in  the  sayau. 

Sa-o  or  Sa-ot  (see  fig.  56)  was  seen  only  in  connection  with  a  wedding. 
The  groom's  party  is  preceded  by  a  man  carrying  a  shield  and  long  spear 
with  a  bell  attached.  He  dances  furiously,  with  rapid  movement  of  the 
feet,  but  keeping  time  to  a  drum  beat.  He  charges  an  imaginary  enemy 
with  spear  held  aloft  and  covers  retreat  with  his  shield. 

Two  dances — the  salumpi  and  lagoras — were  witnessed  in  connection 
with  ceremonies  (see  Kaliga-6n  ceremony).  The  salumpi  is  a  sort  of  clog 
dance  done  singly  or  by  a  group  of  boys  holding  hands.  There  is  no  music, 
yet  they  keep  good  time.  Two  girls  usually  dance  the  lagoras.  They  take 
hold  of  hands — right  and  left — and  swing  them  forward  and  up,  hold  them 
an  instant,  then  swing  them  back.  Meanwhile,  they  circle  right,  then  left. 
As  they  go  to  the  right  the  left  foot  is  slipped  or  drawn  toward  the  right  on 
the  count  of  one.  On  beats  two  and  three,  the  right  foot  keeps  time,  then 
on  four  slips  to  the  right.  This  continues  until  the  circle  is  complete,  after 
which  the  movement  is  reversed.  At  one  place  in  the  Kaliga-6n  ceremony 
the  girls  sing  as  they  make  a  half  circle  around  the  ceremonial  place  called 
dapolan. 

119 


120 


THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 


Fig.  65.     Male  dancers  imitating  the  movements  of  hawks. 


MUSICAL  INSTRUMENTS 

Music  for  the  dance  is  produced  on  drums  made  from  hollowed  out 
sections  of  small  logs.  Each  end  is  covered  with  pigskin.  Brass  gongs,  se- 
cured in  trade,  are  frequently  used  and  are  beaten  in  unison  with  the 
drums.  Another  dance  "instrument"  is  a  mat  on  which  women  beat  time 
with  their  hands. 

Aside  from  these,  other  instruments  are  for  individual  use.  Men  and 
boys  play  on  bamboo  flutes,  on  jew's-harps,  or  on  native  violins.  The  latter 
have  a  sounding-box  made  of  bamboo  covered  with  a  leaf,  piece  of  bark,  or 
piece  of  skin.  The  neck  is  of  bamboo  and  the  strings  of  hemp.  The  bamboo 
bow  is  likewise  fitted  with  hemp  strings.  Violin  strings  are  tightened  by 
slipping  wooden  sticks  beneath  them  (fig.  66). 

An  equally  primitive  instrument,  widespread  in  Malaysia,  is  made  by 
cutting  narrow  strips  lengthwise  of  a  bamboo  tube.  These  are  raised  and 
made  taut  with  wooden  plugs.  Women  play  them  by  picking  the  strings 
with  their  fingers  (fig.  67). 

The  most  elaborate  of  Bukidnon  instruments  are  the  long  "guitars,"  or 
boat  lutes.  These  are  usually  carved  to  represent  a  mythical  two-headed 
animal,  a  crocodile  or  a  bird  (fig.  53).  Such  instruments  are  well  made  of 
thin  strips  of  wood.  The  tightening  rods  are  of  wood,  and  the  frets  are  of 


Fig.  66.     Native  violins  with  bows. 


Fig.  67.    Woman's  musical  instrument  made  from  bamboo. 


121 


122  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

beeswax  with  small  bamboo  guides  set  in  each.  The  guitar  has  two  strings, 
one  of  which  is  free;  the  other  rests  on  the  frets.  When  the  strings  are 
properly  tuned  the  player  plucks  them  with  the  fingers  of  the  right  hand 
while  those  of  the  left  put  proper  pressure  on  the  strings  high  on  the  neck. 
Shell  trumpets  may  be  employed  by  town  officials  to  summon  people  to 
the  general  meeting  place. 

SONGS 

Seven  types  of  songs  are  recognized : 

(1)  The  idang-dang  is  sung  when  happy. 

(2)  The  sala  is  a  love  song,  partially  traditional,  partially  improvised. 

(3)  The  limbay  is  heard  at  times  of  sorrow. 

(4)  The  handaurau  is  a  drinking  song,  and  consists  of  improvised  com- 
pliments. 

(5)  The  limboyau  is  also  a  drinking  song. 

(6)  The  olaging  is  a  bed-time  chant  in  which  a  story  teller  sings  about 
Aguio  and  other  folk  tale  beings. 

(7)  Ceremonial  songs — such  as  those  heard  in  connection  with  the 
Kaliga-Un  ceremony — are  usually  sung  by  the  bay  Ian  and  a  group  of  girls. 
The  baylan  knows  the  words  of  the  traditional  songs,  part  of  which  he 
teaches  to  the  girls,  and  to  these  he  adds  some  of  his  own.  Many  lines  are 
archaic  and  not  understood.  In  general  these  consist  of  a  few  words  re- 
peated over  and  over — such  as  Hindog  mayau  so  Kaliga-6n  mandiay,  "We 
stand  because  the  Kaliga-6n  who  caused  the  sickness  is  here."  When  they 
sing  the  girls  hold  cloths  in  front  of  their  faces  to  cover  their  mouths. 

At  one  stage  of  the  Kaliga-Un  ceremony  different  groups  of  girls  take  dif- 
ferent parts  of  the  song  simultaneously,  while  the  baylan  chants  independ- 
ently, usually  in  a  different  time  and  key. 

Most  of  these  songs  were  recorded  on  phonograph  cylinders  and  for 
years  were  deposited  in  the  Museum.  More  recently  they  were  transferred 
to  the  Department  of  Anthropology,  Indiana  University,  in  the  care  of 
Dr.  George  Herzog.  So  far  as  is  known  these  have  not  yet  been  transcribed. 


IX,    Celestial  Bodies  and  the  Seasons 

Certain  stars  and  constellations  are  well  known  to  the  Bukidnon.  By 
their  position  in  the  sky  it  is  known  when  it  is  time  to  prepare  and  to  plant 
the  fields.  The  presence  of  these  celestial  guides  is  accounted  for  by  two 
tales.  The  first  is  as  follows: 

In  the  first  times  the  sky  was  close  to  the  ground.  There  was  a  spinster 
who  was  pounding  rice  and  every  time  she  raised  the  pestle  it  struck  the 
sky.  When  she  began  to  work  she  had  beads  around  her  neck,  but  while  she 
was  working  she  took  them  off  and  hung  them  on  the  sky.  She  took  the 
comb  out  of  her  hair  and  hung  it  also  on  the  sky,  for  it  was  like  a  coral  rock. 
When  she  began  pounding  again  she  struck  the  sky  very  hard  with  the 
pestle.  Suddenly  it  went  up  high  and  she  lost  her  ornaments.  Her  comb 
became  the  moon  and  her  beads  were  the  stars. 

The  second  and  more  important  story  relates  the  adventures  of  Mag- 
bangal  and  his  wife.  Magbangal  was  once  a  powerful  man.  One  night  he 
and  his  wife  were  talking  about  clearing  the  land,  for  it  was  the  proper 
time.  He  said  to  her,  "My  wife,  come  near  to  me  and  I  will  tell  you  some- 
thing." She  came  near  and  he  said,  "Tomorrow  I  will  go  to  our  field  and  I 
want  you  to  stay  here." 

She  replied,  "Let  me  go  with  you  for  you  have  no  companion." 

"No,"  said  Magbangal,  "I  do  not  wish  you  to  go.  I  want  you  to  stay 
here."  The  wife  agreed,  and  they  went  to  sleep. 

In  the  early  morning  she  prepared  his  food,  but  he  said,  "I  do  not  want 
to  eat  for  I  will  return  in  the  afternoon." 

His  wife  insisted  on  preparing  food,  but  he  refused  to  eat  it  and  gathered 
up  his  ten  hatchets  and  tied  them  together.  Then  he  went  to  the  fields. 
He  carried  the  bundle  containing  his  hatchets  and  bolos  and  sharpening 
stone  and  also  a  tube  made  of  bamboo  for  water. 

When  he  reached  his  land  he  put  down  his  tools.  He  cut  some  trees  and 
made  them  into  a  bench.  When  he  had  completed  it  he  sat  down  and  said 
to  the  bolos,  "You  bolos  must  be  sharpened  on  the  stone."  Then  the  bolos 
sharpened  themselves  on  the  stone. 

When  they  had  finished  sharpening  themselves,  Magbangal  said  to  the 
hatchets,  "You  hatchets  must  be  sharpened  also."  At  once  they  were 
sharpened. 

123 


124  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

When  the  sharpening  was  finished  he  said  to  them,  "Now  you  bolos  cut 
off  the  small  grass  under  the  trees,  and  you  hatchets  must  cut  the  large 
trees."  The  hatchets  and  the  bolos  went  to  work,  and  Magbangal  could  see 
the  grass  being  cut  and  the  trees  falling. 

His  wife  was  in  their  house  and  when  she  heard  the  trees  continually 
falling  she  was  greatly  surprised.  About  mid-day  she  said  to  herself,  "Per- 
haps my  husband  has  found  many  people  to  help  him  work.  I  will  go  to 
see  him.  When  he  left  he  was  alone,  but  now  I  can  hear  the  noise  of  many 
falling  trees." 

Then  she  went  with  moving  breasts  and  when  she  reached  a  spot  near 
the  field  she  walked  slowly.  She  hid  in  a  tree  and  looked  toward  the  bench 
where  her  husband  lay  asleep.  She  saw  the  bolos  cutting  grass,  but  no  one 
was  using  them.  She  saw  the  hatchets  cutting  the  trees,  but  no  hands  were 
using  them.  She  said,  "How  powerful  Magbangal  must  be.  I  have  never 
before  seen  bolos  and  hatchets  working  without  hands.  He  has  never  told 
me  of  his  power." 

Her  husband  jumped  up  suddenly  for  a  bolo  had  just  cut  off  one  of  his 
arms.  Then  he  awoke  and  sat  up,  and  said,  "I  think  some  people  must  be 
looking  at  me,  for  my  arm  is  cut  off.  Perhaps  it  is  my  wife.  If  you — my 
wife^ — are  looking  at  me,  you  must  come  here." 

She  came  as  she  was  commanded  and  he  said,  "Why  did  you  not  stay 
at  home  as  I  told  you  to  do?  Now  my  arm  is  cut  off." 

Then  they  went  home,  and  she  began  to  prepare  something  for  him  to 
eat.  He  said,  "Do  not  cook  anything  for  me.  Eat  if  you  wish,  but  I  am  going 
away.  Now  it  is  better  for  me  to  go  to  the  sky  and  give  the  sign  to  the 
people  so  they  will  know  when  it  is  time  to  plant.  You  must  go  to  the  water 
and  become  a  fish." 

Then  he  went  to  the  sky  and  became  the  constellation  we  call  Mag- 
bangal, and  his  remaining  arm  became  Balokau.  The  jaw  of  one  of  the 
pigs  he  had  killed  became  Baka,  and  the  hill  on  which  he  had  often  hunted 
became  Molopolo.  His  hatchets  became  Ta-on,  his  bolos  Malala,  and  his 
pet  lizard  Tl-ok. 

The  various  constellations  and  stars  mentioned  in  the  tale  were  pointed 
out  to  me  on  February  4,  1910,  at  7:00  p.m. 

A  dipper-shaped  group  which  appeared  at  an  angle  of  about  45 
degrees — just  south  of  east — was  identified  as  Magbangal.  The  line  of 
stars  below  is  called  Balokau  and  is  the  remaining  arm  of  Magbangal. 

Higher  and  to  the  west  was  a  triangular  alignment  called  Baka,  "for 
it  is  the  jaw  of  one  of  the  pigs  killed  by  Magbangal." 

Still  farther  to  the  west,  a  little  beyond  the  zenith,  a  small  dipper  was 
identified  as  Molopolo,  the  hill  on  which  Magbangal  hunted. 


CELESTIAL  BODIES  AND  THE  SEASONS  125 

Toward  dawn  of  that  night  three  groups  of  stars  appeared  which  were 
explained  as  follows:  The  first  one,  which  is  L-shaped,  is  Ta-on,  the 
hatchet  of  Magbangal.  The  second,  a  triangle,  is  Sogob-a-ton,  the 
bamboo  pole  carried  to  the  field.  This  was  difficult  to  visualize.  The 
third,  a  circle,  is  Ti-ok,  the  large  pet  lizard  of  Magbangal. 

The  evening  star  is  Taku  ("thief),  since  it  always  runs  away  when 
other  stars  appear. 

By  the  position  of  these  bodies  in  the  sky  the  Bukidnon  identify  the  sea- 
sons and  arrange  their  field  work.  When  Molopolo  appears  at  an  angle  of 
about  45  degrees,  it  is  time  to  plant  bananas,  sugar  cane,  and  some 
varieties  of  rice — also  some  corn.  When  Magbangal  appears  at  45  degrees, 
it  is  time  to  clear  all  the  lands  for  the  yearly  crops.  When  it  is  just  west  of 
the  zenith  it  is  time  to  burn  the  grass  and  dead  trees.  Planting  should  fol- 
low within  a  few  days.  If  it  is  not  possible  to  clear  and  plant  according  to 
these  stars  one  should  wait  for  Ta-on.  When  it  rises  at  45  degrees,  the  land 
should  be  cleared.  When  it  comes  up  at  95  degrees  (i.e.,  about  one  o'clock) 
and  Ti-ok  is  at  55  degrees  (i.e.,  eleven  o'clock)  it  is  time  to  burn  the  plants 
and  brush.  This  planting  should  be  finished  within  two  or  three  days  for  it 
is  then  time  for  hard  rains  to  begin. 

When  all  constellations  rise  west  of  the  zenith,  it  is  the  rainy  season. 
When  they  rise  at  the  zenith  it  is  the  hot  season.  When  they  appear  in  the 
east  it  is  the  dry  season.  Some  planters  watch  the  kamil  tree  for  signs.  When 
it  has  no  leaves  it  is  good  to  clear  the  land.  When  the  leaves  begin  to  come 
it  is  time  to  burn  and  plant. 

Falling  stars  are  "the  filth  of  the  stars."  When  one  strikes  the  water  it 
becomes  fish.  If  it  strikes  the  land  it  is  transformed  into  a  snake.  The  rain- 
bow— balogoto — is  the  road  over  which  the  Alabydnon  spirits  walk. 

It  is  customary  to  count  by  nights.  Fifteen  "bright  nights"  and  fifteen 
"dark  nights"  make  a  month,  but  sometimes  there  are  only  fourteen 
"bright  nights."  The  year  is  reckoned  by  crops:  first  is  rice  planting;  then 
harvest;  then  comes  corn,  and  it  is  a  year. 


X,    Stones  and  Legends 


Gathering  stories  and  folk  tales  proved  a  difficult  task.  Occasionally 
someone  would  volunteer  a  story  to  account  for  the  origin  of  a  lake  or 
town,  or  of  different  kinds  of  people.  Again  something  like  the  antics  of  a 
monkey  would  lead  to  a  tale  explaining  how  they  came  to  be  or  why  they 
had  certain  characteristics — such  as  black  fingernails.  Various  hero  tales 
appeared  as  incidents  rather  than  as  connected  stories.  Among  these  the 
most  important  are  those  surrounding  Aguio  and  Bulanawan.  Usually 
these  are  chanted  at  bed  time,  after  members  of  the  family  have  spread 
their  mats  on  the  floor.  The  influence  of  Christian  and  Mohammedan 
neighbors  is  evident  in  several,  as  when  Adam  and  Eve  appear  as  charac- 
ters. 

Even  when  the  tales  deal  with  well-known  spirits  they  do  not  seem  to  be 
in  any  way  related  to  the  ceremonies,  except  the  story  of  the  "origin  of  the 
races,"  where  one  of  the  Magbabaya  is  killed  to  provide  food  for  the  people. 
It  does  not  appear  that  there  are  recognized  story  tellers  or  that  the  tales 
recorded  are  taken  very  seriously.  Several  times  there  were  hints  of  a  well- 
defined  series  of  tales,  but  eflforts  to  bring  them  into  the  open  met  with  little 
success.  The  following  are  typical  of  what  was  heard. 

HOW  SUMILAO  WAS  FOUNDED 

In  the  ancient  days  the  Moros  attacked  the  towns  of  Malambagohon 
(now  Cagayan)  and  Mission  Mana-ol  (now  Tagolan).  The  inhabitants 
were  defeated  and  in  their  trouble  called  in  Dalabahan,  the  brave  de- 
fender of  Bukidnon,  to  help  them.  They  paid  him  50  pesos  a  month  for  his 
services.  With  him  as  their  leader,  the  Bukidnon  were  able  to  rout  the 
Moros  and  to  drive  them  as  far  as  the  present  town  of  Mailag.  Since  that 
time  the  Moros  have  not  returned,  and  the  victors  founded  the  town  of 
Sumilao.  The  warriors  with  Dalabahan  were  few  in  number  and  badly 
armed.  They  had  no  guns  and  few  weapons  so  many  of  them  had  to  fight 
with  stones.  Their  victory  shows  their  great  bravery. 

THE  LAKE  CALLED  DANAO 

At  Sumilao  there  is  a  lake  called  Danao.  The  edge  is  but  a  few  feet  from 
the  edge  of  a  canyon.  A  man  once  built  his  house  there.  One  day  he  killed 

126 


STORIES  AND  LEGENDS  127 

a  bird  and  prepared  it  for  the  pot.  Then  the  bird  began  to  eat  and  they 
both  laughed.  No  sooner  had  this  happened  than  a  great  storm  came  and 
where  the  house  had  stood  there  was  only  a  lake.  The  people  neither. speak 
nor  laugh  when  they  pass  this  place. 

THE  GREAT  DROUGHT  AND  THE  ORIGIN 
OF  THE  MOROS 

In  the  olden  times  there  were  many  people  in  Mindanao,  but  there  came 
a  time  when  the  rains  ceased  and  the  hot  sun  shone  continually.  The  crops 
were  killed  and  all  the  people  died  except  Tibolon,  Bala-ol,  Manadgau, 
and  Mampolompon.  These  four  discussed  their  plight,  for  they  had  no 
food  and  no  place  to  live.  Tibolon  wanted  to  live  in  Sumilao  because  he 
thought  that  thunder  was  there.  Bala-ol  chose  Salog  because  he  was  sure 
that  it  was  the  place  of  thunder.  For  the  same  reason  Manadgau  chose  to 
live  in  Tubala-on.  Mampolompon  was  equally  certain  that  Pulangi  was 
the  place.  Bala-ol  and  Mampolompon  were  brothers  and  the  other  two 
were  their  friends.  As  they  could  not  agree  they  separated  and  lived  in  the 
places  they  chose.  Tibolon  was  married  to  a  woman  from  Kay-yem-payri. 
Bala-ol  also  found  a  woman  and  Manadgau  married  Palina.  Mampolom- 
pon also  married.  From  these  unions  came  the  Bukidnon. 

Mampolompon  had  a  clearing  where  he  grew  many  things  but  when  the 
famine  came  he  could  not  grow  anything.  He  tried  planting  everything 
good  for  food  but  nothing  lived  except  one  bamboo.  This  grew  very  high 
and  during  a  high  wind  it  was  broken.  Soon  after  this  he  saw  a  woman  and 
a  dog  and  he  was  greatly  astonished.  He  went  to  the  bamboo  and  examined 
it.  In  one  joint  he  found  hairs  from  a  woman's  head  and  in  another  were 
dog  hairs.  Then  he  was  sure  that  the  new  arrivals  had  come  out  of  the 
bamboo.  He  tried  to  talk  with  the  woman  but  the  dog  bit  him  and  he 
could  not.  He  tried  many  times  but  always  failed.  At  last  the  dog  began  to 
talk  and  soon  he  made  Mampolompon  his  servant.  The  dog  and  the 
woman  were  married  and  soon  had  many  children.  These  were  the  ances- 
tors of  the  Moros. 

ORIGIN  OF  THE  RACES 

The  eight  Magbabdya  lived  far  from  the  world.  When  they  first  thought 
of  making  the  world  they  looked  about  in  their  place.  They  found  that 
they  had  iron,  wood,  and  different  kinds  of  trees.  One  Magbabdya  took  off 
his  hair,  tied  it  into  a  knot  and  when  he  had  made  a  little  ceremony  he 
transformed  it  into  an  "eagle"  (hawk).  This  eagle  held  a  knot  of  leaves 
wrapped  around  with  hair.  Magbabdya  made  another  ceremony  and  the 
world  appeared.  In  that  world  were  two  persons,  Salamanka  ("Adam") 
and  Sinokat  ("Eve").  He  put  them  in  a  fine  place.  He  told  them  to  eat 


128  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

anything  they  wished  except  the  fruit  of  one  tree.  The  people  did  not  obey 
but  began  to  eat  that  fruit.  So  Magbabaya  drove  them  away  from  the  good 
place. 

The  eight  Magbabaya  then  met  together  to  discuss  the  people,  for  they 
were  starving.  It  was  agreed  that  one  of  ihcMagbabdya  would  allow  him- 
self to  be  killed  so  that  his  body  might  be  used  as  food  for  Salamanka  and 
Sinokat.  The  other  Magbabaya  cut  one  of  them  into  several  pieces,  and  his 
blood  which  sank  into  the  ground  l^ecame  wild  pig  and  deer;  the  blood 
which  fell  on  the  trees  became  monkeys  and  birds;  and  the  leaves  on  which 
it  fell  were  buried  and  at  once  plants  sprang  up  from  them.  Then  the 
Magbabaya  washed  his  hands  in  the  rivers  and  the  blood  became  fish.  Then 
he  told  the  people  that  they  must  live  on  the  things  which  they  had  made, 
but  from  then  on  they  must  do  hard  work  because  they  had  disobeyed  his 
command. 

Those  two  people  married  and  had  eight  children,  four  boys  and  four 
girls.  Four  of  these  were  white  and  four  black.  The  parents  wanted  to 
marry  the  blacks  with  the  whites,  but  one  white  boy  refused  and  ran  away 
with  a  white  girl.  They  went  across  the  ocean  and  now  their  children  are 
the  Spaniards,  Americans  and  other  white  people.  Two  black  children 
also  ran  far  away  and  their  children  are  the  Negroes  (Negritos  and  Ameri- 
can Negroes).  Those  who  remained  with  their  parents  did  as  they  wished 
and  married.  Their  children  were  brown  and  are  now  the  Bukidnon. 

ADAM  AND  EVE 

The  Magbabaya  made  Adam  and  Eve  and  put  them  in  the  world.  Soon 
they  had  a  son  and  as  they  did  not  want  him,  they  slew  him  and  burned 
his  body  in  the  fire.  A  second  son  was  born,  and  they  killed  him  also  and 
threw  him  into  the  river.  Not  long  after,  the  Magbabaya  came,  and  when  he 
found  what  they  had  done  he  was  very  angry.  He  gathered  up  the  bones  of 
the  dead  boys  and  made  them  alive  again.  The  first  boy  went  far  away  and 
became  "the  holder  of  the  smallpox."  Sometimes  he  returns  to  visit  his 
brothers  and  great  sickness  follows.  Magbabaya  asked  the  second  boy  if  he 
wished  to  live  with  his  parents  again,  but  he  said  no,  for  they  wished  to  kill 
him.  So  he  chose  to  live  in  the  water  and  became  the  spirit  Bulalakau. 
Sometimes  he  visits  his  brothers,  and  then  someone  is  drowned. 

THE  FLOOD 

The  earth  was  once  all  covered  with  water  "because  a  large  crab  corked 
up  the  navel  of  the  sea  so  that  the  water  could  not  get  out,  and  it  rose  up 
over  the  land."  (The  balance  of  the  story  shows  strong  European  influ- 
ence.) About  one  moon  before  the  flood  came,  a  man  warned  the  people 
and  told  them  to  build  a  big  raft.  They  did  so  and  made  it  of  three  layers 


STORIES  AND  LEGENDS  129 

of  big  trees.  To  this  they  tied  a  long  rattan  cord  and  fastened  it  to  a  big  pole 
in  the  earth.  When  the  flood  came,  white  water  came  out  of  the  mountains 
and  the  sea  rose  and  covered  the  highest  mountains.  The  people  and  ani- 
mals on  the  raft  were  saved  and  when  the  water  went  down  again,  they 
were  near  their  old  homes,  for  the  rattan  had  held  firmly, 

ORIGIN  OF  MONKEYS 

A  mother  took  her  two  children  with  her  when  she  went  to  color  cloth. 
She  took  the  cloth,  some  pots  and  a  shell  spoon  and  carried  them  to  a  mud 
hole.  She  put  the  cloth  into  the  mud  and  then  put  some  water  and  the 
leaves  used  for  coloring  into  the  pot  and  placed  it  over  the  fire.  When  the 
water  began  to  boil  some  of  it  got  on  the  woman's  hand  so  that  she  jumped 
up  quickly  and  called  out.  The  children  began  to  laugh,  and  when  they  did 
so,  they  were  changed  into  monkeys.  The  spoons  became  tails.  You  can  see 
that  the  monkey's  fingernails  are  still  black  where  the  children  had  helped 
to  dye  the  cloth. 

BULANAWAN 

The  wife  of  Lang-gona  had  twin  boys  named  Aguio  and  Bulanawan. 
When  they  were  two  years  old,  the  mother  took  Bulanawan  with  her  when 
she  went  to  the  field  to  pick  cotton.  She  put  the  cotton  near  the  baby  to 
dry.  Suddenly  a  great  wind  came  and  wound  the  cotton  around  the  baby 
and  carried  him  far  away  to  a  distant  land.  In  that  place  he  became  a 
famous  warrior. 

THE  STORY  OF  DOMAKALANGAN 

Once  there  was  a  very  large  man  named  Domakalangan  who  lived 
alone.  A  dato  came  to  him  with  all  his  people,  for  an  enemy  had  threatened 
to  destroy  their  town.  They  were  allowed  to  stay  in  his  house  where  they 
were  safe,  for  all  the  world  knew  that  Domakalangan  was  a  strong,  brave 
man.  Because  he  had  protected  them,  the  dato  wished  to  give  him  his 
daughter  in  marriage.  Domakalangan  did  not  take  her.  He  explained  that 
he  ate  only  once  a  month,  but  that  he  then  consumed  a  cavan  of  pounded 
rice,  ten  chickens,  and  a  large  hog.  Despite  this  the  dato  insisted  that  he 
should  receive  his  daughter.  At  last  Domakalangan  became  weary,  and 
having  prepared  provisions,  he  went  away.  On  his  way  he  saw  a  large 
house  filled  with  people  all  of  whom  were  very  quiet.  When  he  asked  the 
reason  he  learned  that  one  of  the  men  was  dead.  He  looked  at  the  dead 
man  and  then  asked  permission  to  sleep  with  the  corpse  in  order  that  he 
might  revive  it.  The  people  gave  their  permission,  but  that  night  the  people 
mistook  him  for  the  dead  man  and  rubbed  his  body.  He  Ijecame  very 
angry  and  cut  down  the  house  posts;  then  he  killed  all  the  people  and  went 


130  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

on  his  way.  He  traveled  until  he  saw  a  house  in  which  only  one  old  woman 
lived.  He  told  her  that  he  wished  to  live  with  her  for  he  was  tired  of  wan- 
dering. She  agreed  at  once,  for  she  desired  his  protection.  For  many  years 
she  supported  him.  Finally  he  became  homesick  and  took  her  with  him  to 
visit  his  town.  When  they  approached  thf-  place  they  found  the  path 
grown  up  with  high  grass.  His  house  was  burned  and  nothing  remained  of 
his  people  except  their  bones.  He  brought  them  to  life  again  by  making  a 
ceremony  and  then  he  inquired  concerning  the  trouble.  They  said  that  as 
soon  as  he  left  enemies  had  come  and  killed  them  all.  He  went  at  once  and 
killed  all  those  enemies  and  then  he  returned  to  his  town.  Again  the  dato 
insisted  that  he  should  marry  his  daughter.  He  refused  many  times,  but  at 
last  he  consented.  Then  he  went  to  sleep  and  did  not  wake  up  for  many 
days.  They  found  that  he  was  not  sleeping  but  was  dead,  so  they  buried 
him. 

THE  LAKE  NEAR  SILI 

A  family  lived  in  a  place  called  Apo.  They  had  no  children,  but  they 
kept  two  dogs  which  were  great  hunters.  One  time  the  man  took  the  dogs 
and  went  to  hunt  in  the  forest.  He  killed  a  large  deer  and  a  big  wild  hog. 
They  were  so  heavy  that  he  could  not  carry  them  both  at  the  same  time. 
So  he  carried  one  a  short  way  and  left  it,  then  returned  and  brought  up  the 
other.  Finally  he  reached  a  spring  and  stopped  there  to  clean  the  game.  It 
was  a  very  hot  day  and  the  dogs  were  so  tired  that  they  did  not  stop  at  the 
spring,  but  hurried  home  to  rest.  When  the  dogs  reached  the  house  the 
woman  asked  them  many  times  where  their  master  was  and  what  success 
he  had.  After  she  had  repeated  her  questions  many  times,  the  male  dog  was 
forced  to  answer,  "If  I  talk  to  you  there  will  be  great  trouble."  At  these 
words  a  great  wind  began  to  blow.  When  the  husband  saw  the  sky  grow 
dark  he  hurried  home  with  the  deer.  Just  as  he  arrived  there  the  house 
vanished  into  a  small  lake. 

THE  AGUIO  TALES 

There  were  four  brothers  named  Pomolau,  Banklak,  Aguio,  and  Lunak. 
They  were  great  warriors  who  often  went  to  other  towns  and  killed  many 
people  just  to  show  their  bravery.  The  children  of  these  towns  they  brought 
home  and  made  their  slaves.  One  time  they  decided  to  fight  against 
Baklayan.  So  they  sent  a  messenger  to  tell  the  people  of  that  town  that  they 
were  coming  to  fight.  The  challenge  was  accepted  and  the  people  of 
Baklayan  prepared  thousands  for  battle.  Their  leader  was  Suminung-gud. 
The  four  brothers  and  their  followers  conquered  all  the  small  towns  on  the 
way  and  caused  such  fear  that  many  towns  were  opened  to  them.  At  last 
they  arrived  at  Baklayan  where  a  great  battle  took  place.  After  a  long  fight 


STORIES  AND  LEGENDS  131 

the  brothers  were  defeated  and  were  taken  prisoners.  When  Imbakalak, 
the  son  of  Banklak,  who  was  born  in  the  sky  and  was  called  "Heaven 
Son,"  heard  that  his  father  and  uncles  were  captives,  he  gathered  his  people 
and  went  to  Baklayan.  When  he  arrived  there  he  killed  all  the  people  in 
the  town  and  set  the  four  brothers  free. 


When  Aguio  was  a  little  boy  he  refused  to  let  his  father  fondle  him,  so 
his  father  drove  him  from  home.  He  wandered  about  and  became  a  famous 
warrior.  Finally  he  was  killed  by  his  brother  whom  he  did  not  know.  His 
wife  chewed  tinalad  and  spit  on  him  and  he  became  alive  again. 


Bulanawan  and  his  wife  were  walking  along  the  sea  shore  when  he  be- 
came sleepy  and  lay  down  on  a  large  flat  rock.  While  he  was  sleeping 
Aguio  came  toward  them  in  his  war  dress  and  with  his  knife.  When  he 
saw  the  woman  he  wished  to  steal  her  but  he  only  asked  her  to  give  him 
some  of  her  husband's  betel  nut.  When  she  refused  Aguio  went  toward  her 
husband  to  fight  him.  The  wife  awakened  Bulanawan  and  he  sprang  up 
ready  to  fight.  He  seized  his  wife  and  put  her  in  his  taklobo  (the  cuff"  of  his 
sleeve) — for  he  had  power.  Aguio  was  very  angry  and  they  began  to  fight 
so  furiously  that  their  weapons  were  broken  and  the  earth  trembled.  When 
the  earth  began  to  shake  the  brothers  of  the  rivals  were  astonished  and 
fearing  that  their  brothers  were  in  trouble  they  ran  to  find  them.  Aguio's 
brother,  who  was  on  the  mountain,  ran  to  look  for  him.  Bulanawan's 
brother,  who  was  in  a  far  land,  set  out  in  a  boat.  They  met  at  the  place 
where  the  fight  was  going  on  and  at  once  began  to  fight  each  other.  Now 
the  trembling  of  the  earth  increased  until  Lang-gona,  father  of  Aguio, 
came  and  tried  to  make  peace.  The  fighters  did  not  wish  to  stop  and  when 
he  insisted  they  all  fell  upon  him.  So  great  was  the  disturbance  that  the 
world  was  in  danger  of  falling  to  pieces.  At  last  Langoba-on,  the  father  of 
Lang-gona,  came  and  settled  the  trouble.  Then  he  learned  that  the  rivals 
were  his  grandsons. 

Aguio  once  went  to  another  land.  When  he  had  traveled  several  years 
he  found  himself  out  of  provisions.  To  add  to  his  troubles  his  enemies  had 
united  to  defeat  him.  They  wished  to  raid  his  town  and  to  make  the  chil- 
dren slaves  after  the  men  were  dead.  He  met  his  enemies  and  in  several 
hours  of  fighting  he  succeeded  in  killing  many  of  them.  But  at  last  he  was 
so  exhausted  that  he  would  have  been  killed  had  not  his  brothers  come  to 
his  aid  and  turned  defeat  into  victory. 


While  Aguio  was  wandering  in  another  land  he  decided  that  he  would 
stop  fighting  for  he  had  already  killed  and  captured  many  people.  On  his 


132  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

way  home  he  passed  the  town  of  Malonghau  where  he  saw  many  boats 
made  of  gold  and  silver.  He  stopped  a  while  to  watch  but  the  people  paid 
no  attention  to  him.  He  saw  there  his  brother  Lunak,  who  was  kept  in 
prison.  He  saw  women  preparing  betel  nut  and  the  men  making  shields. 
The  people  said  they  were  preparing  to  fight*against  Aguio's  native  town, 
for  they  did  not  want  it  to  be  stronger  than  their  own.  Aguio  asked  them 
about  their  prisoner  and  they  replied  that  he  would  be  starved  to  death. 
Aguio  represented  himself  as  a  man  of  peace  and  tried  to  purchase  his 
brother  for  a  servant.  The  people  refused,  for  they  feared  that  he  might 
return  and  avenge  himself  on  them.  Aguio  told  them  that  if  they  refused 
his  request  he  would  wish  to  have  their  children  and  wives.  The  men  re- 
plied that  they  would  not  give  them  up  for  they  loved  them  "as  you  love 
your  parents."  Aguio  performed  a  ceremony  and  suddenly  the  wives  and 
children  vanished  from  sight.  Then  he  went  to  the  place  where  Lunak  was 
imprisoned  and  set  him  free.  After  that  the  brothers  fought  against  the 
men  of  the  town  and  killed  them  all.  Again  Aguio  made  a  ceremony  and 
restored  them  to  life,  after  which  he  made  them  his  slaves.  They  served 
him  for  several  years  but  finally  he  set  them  free  and  they  became  members 
of  his  town. 


Once  Aguio  wandered  along  the  sea  coast  until  he  was  far  from  his  own 
land.  When  he  had  walked  a  long  way  from  his  town  he  reached  Bakalod 
on  the  plain  of  Gihobonan.  There  he  saw  the  bones  of  people  who  had  died 
because  of  the  heat  of  the  sun.  He  wandered  on  until  he  passed  a  plain 
called  Oranan.  So  fierce  was  the  heat  of  the  sun  that  the  lower  part  of  his 
body  became  black.  At  that  time  rain  was  falling.  Its  drops  were  as  large 
as  big  jars.  He  became  very  hungry  and  seeing  a  tower  he  went  up  into  it. 
Upstairs  there  was  a  beautiful  woman  whose  husband  was  not  there. 
Aguio  asked  her  for  betel  nut  as  a  sign  that  he  wished  to  marry  her.  She 
refused  as  she  was  already  married.  Because  he  was  very  tired  Aguio  went 
to  sleep  on  the  woman's  leg.  Soon  her  husband,  Mansalgyom,  came  home 
and  asked  what  ailed  the  man.  His  wife  told  him  of  Aguio's  request, 
whereupon  the  husband  became  angry  and  tried  to  kill  Aguio  with  his 
sword.  He  tried  again  and  again  but  his  sword  bent  double  on  Aguio's 
thick,  tough  skin.  At  last  he  took  Aguio's  own  sword  and  plunged  it  into 
Aguio's  breast  and  killed  him. 


XL    Conclusions 

In  any  attempt  to  account  for  the  peopling  of  Central  and  Southern 
Mindanao  one  natural  route  would  seem  to  be  northward  from  the  Celebes 
and  Halmahera  into  the  channel  afforded  by  Davao  Gulf.  Should  this 
prove  to  be  the  main  line  of  contact  we  might  then  expect  such  tribes  as  the 
Bagobo  and  Mandaya  to  present  many  similarities  to  the  peoples  of  the 
islands  as  far  south  as  Soembawa,  Sumba,  and  Flores  as  well  as  to  Celebes, 
Boeroe,  Ternate,  and  Halmahera. 

From  the  Gulf  low  mountain  passes  would  afford  access  to  Central 
Mindanao  and  thus  would  allow  a  flow  of  cultural  materials  as  well  as  of 
population. 

The  most  pertinent  data  (Kennedy,  1953;  Keers,  1948;  Lamster,  1929; 
the  Sarasins,  1905)  relating  to  the  former  Dutch  Islands  indicates  a  primi- 
tive aboriginal  Negrito  population.  Following  them  came  the  Proto- 
Malays  and  finally  the  more  typical  Malayan  peoples. 

The  Proto-Malays  appear  to  have  been  carriers  of  a  megalithic  cult, 
suggesting  a  background  related  to  Nias  and  the  Batak  of  Sumatra.  In 
Sadang  in  the  Celebes,  for  instance,  we  encounter  the  village  surrounding  a 
plaza,  with  great  memorial  slabs  raised  in  honor  of  the  dead.  The  painted 
houses  with  saddle  roofs,  as  described  by  Kennedy  and  Keers,  are  much 
like  those  of  the  Batak,  while  the  hillsides  are  dotted  with  stone  circles 
which,  at  ceremonial  times,  are  sacrificial  centers  where  buffaloes  arc  of- 
fered. The  use  of  golden  ornaments  by  the  nobles,  coffin  burials  in  caves, 
strong  class  distinctions — ranging  from  nobility  to  distinguished  families, 
to  freemen,  to  slaves — again  suggest  the  customs  on  Nias  and  in  Sumatra. 

These  early  arriving  Proto-Malays,  such  as  the  Sadang  and  Toradja, 
have  been  slowly  driven  back  by  the  later  comers — the  more  Mongoloid 
true  Malayans.  Here  we  find  such  groups  as  the  Buginese  and  Makassarese 
with  highly  developed  political  organization — with  radja  at  the  top  and 
graded  officers  down  to  the  kapala  kampong,  or  village  head.  Here  we  often 
find  strong  suggestions  of  an  early  influence  such  as  Menangkabau  of 
Sumatra  overlaid  by  Indian-type  kingdoms,  and  ultimately  by  Madjapa- 
hit.  These  influences — physical,  social  and  economic — weaken  as  we  ap- 
proach New  Guinea.  To  the  coastal  people  have  come  Islam  and  Chris- 
tianity. All  show  the  effects  of  Dutch  overlordship  and  of  Chinese  traders. 

133 


134  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

In  all  the  southern  groups  we  find  widespread  traits  of  Malayan  and 
Proto-Malayan  culture,  such  as  head-hunting,  human  sacrifice,  the  idea  of 
multiple  souls,  mediumship  and  soul  catching,  the  cutting  of  the  umbilical 
cord  with  a  bamboo  knife,  tooth  filing,  bride  price  and  the  Malayan  forge. 
Certain  traits  and  industries,  shared  by  this  ai*ea  with  parts  of  Borneo  and 
Southern  Mindanao,  such  as  ikat  or  overtying  of  the  warp  thread  before 
dyeing,  the  decorative  elements  of  such  work,  the  tie  and  dye  (bandana), 
and  the  use  of  waste  moulds  in  metal  casting,  give  evidence  of  widespread 
diff"usion. 

Resemblances  are  many  but  when  we  isolate  the  distinctive  characteris- 
tics of  Proto-Malays  and  Malays  of  the  southern  islands  and  compare  them 
with  Java,  Sumatra  and  Nias  on  one  hand,  and  with  Southern  Mindanao 
on  the  other,  it  appears  that  their  closest  relationships  are  with  Indonesia 
(Cole,  1913;  1945a).  It  seems  unlikely  that  they  contributed  significantly 
either  in  population  or  culture  to  Mindanao.  Likewise  a  comparison  of  the 
Davao  Gulf  tribes  or  the  Bukidnon  with  available  data  on  such  tribes  as  the 
Kayan,  Iban  or  Dusun  of  Borneo  (Hose  and  McDougall,  1912;  Evans, 
1923,  1953;  Cole,  1945a)  does  not  lead  us  to  consider  them  as  the  immedi- 
ate sources  of  Central  and  Southern  Mindanao  cultures. 

Turning  now  to  a  comparison  of  the  Bukidnon  with  Garvan's  account 
(Garvan,  1931)  of  the  Manobo  we  again  find  likenesses  of  a  general  kind — 
those  of  the  widespread  Malayan  pattern — but  specifically  the  two  peoples 
appear  quite  separate.  Among  the  pagan  tribes  in  Mindanao  the  closest 
ties  appear  to  be  with  those  of  Davao  Gulf.  Even  here  the  Bukidnon  are 
quite  distinctive.  First  and  most  striking  is  their  dress.  This  is  now  a  char- 
acteristic mark  proclaiming  adherence  to  Bukidnon  traditions.  The  spirit 
world  is  within  the  Malayan  tradition  yet  in  its  bewildering  complexity  is 
a  decided  variant.  The  baylans  in  most  of  their  acts  conform  to  the  wide- 
spread idea  of  mediums,  yet  in  no  instance  did  we  learn  of  spirit  possession. 
Magic,  while  present,  is  of  lesser  importance  than  in  most  surrounding 
tribes.  There  are  a  few  hints  of  human  sacrifice  and  of  head-hunting  but 
these  are  not  conclusive.  When  consideration  is  given  to  the  ceremonies, 
to  the  priesthood,  to  multiple  souls,  soul  wandering  and  capture,  and  to 
spirits  of  trees  and  plants,  or  when  we  give  attention  to  rice  culture,  to 
metal  working  or  to  social  organization,  the  Bukidnon  ties  seem  closer  to 
the  late  waves  of  Malayan  invaders  represented  by  such  tribes  as  the 
Tinguian  of  Abra  and  the  coastal  Christianized  peoples  of  the  Philippines. 
It  appears  to  us  that  in  the  Bukidnon  we  have  many  glimpses  of  a  culture 
which  once  flourished  along  the  northern  coast  of  Mindanao  among  the 
people  now  known  as  Bisayan. 


Bibliography 


ABRAMS,  NORMAN,  and  SVELMOE,  GORDON 

1953.  A  brief  field  trip  among  the  Bukidnon  Tigwa  people.  Summer  Institute 
of  Linguistics.     University  of  North  Dakota.     Typescript. 

ATHERTON,  WILLIAM 

1953.  Binokid  phonemes.  Summer  Institute  of  Linguistics.  University  of  North 
Dakota.     Typescript. 

BEYER,  H.  OTLEY 

1917.  Population  of  the  Philippine  Islands  in  1916.  Philippine  Education  Co., 
Inc.     Manila. 

BLAIR,  E.  H.,  and   ROBERTSON,  J.  A.   {Editors) 

1903-1909.  The  Philippine  Islands,  1493-1898.  55  volumes.  Arthur  H.  Clark, 
Cleveland. 

Cartas  de  los  Padres  de  la  Compania  de  Jesus  de  la  Misi6n  de  Filipinas.     10  vols., 
Manila,  1877-95  (copy  in  the  Newberry  Library). 

CLOTET,  JOSE  MARIA 

1889.  Letter  from  Father  Jose  Maria  Clotet,  Talisayan,  May  11,  1889.  (Trans- 
lated in  Blair  and  Robertson,  The  Philippine  Islands,  1493-1898,  vol.  43,  pp. 
288-309,  from  Cartas  de  los  PP.  de  la  Compania  de  Jesus  .  .  .  Manila,  1891,  IX, 
pp.  170-184  (copy  in  Library  of  Congress). 

COLE,  FAY-COOPER 

1912.  Chinese  pottery  in  the  Philippines.  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
Anthropological  Series,  vol.  12,  no.  1. 

1913.  The  wild  tribes  of  Davao  district,  Mindanao.  Field  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  Anthropological  Series,  vol.  12,  no.  2. 

1922.  The  Tinguian:  social,  religious  and  economic  life  of  a  Philippine  tribe. 
Field  Museum  of  Natural  History,  AnthropxDlogical  Series,  vol.  14,  no.  2. 

1945a.     The  peoples  of  Malaysia.     D.  Van  Nostrand  Company,  Inc.     New  York. 
1945b.     Central  Mindanao:  The  country  and  its  people.     The  Far  Eastern  Quar- 
terly, vol.  4,  no.  2. 

EVANS,  IVOR  H.  N. 

1923.  Studies  in  religion,  folklore  and  custom  in  British  North  Borneo  and  the 
Malay  Peninsula.     The  University  Press,  Cambridge,  England. 

1953.  The  religion  of  the  Tempasuk  Dusuns  of  North  Borneo.  The  University 
Press,  Cambridge,  England. 

GARVAN,  JOHN 

1931.  The  Manobos  of  Mindanao.  National  Academy  of  Science,  Memoirs,  vol. 
23,  no.  1.  Washington,  D.C. 

HOSE,  CHARLES,  and  McDOUGALL,  W. 

1912.    Pagan  tribes  of  Borneo.     2  vols.     Macmillan  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  London. 

135 


136  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

KEERS,  W. 

1948.  An  anthropological  survey  of  the  eastern  Little  Sunda  Islands:  The  Proto- 
Malay  of  the  Netherlands  East-Indies.  Koninglijke  Vereeniging  Indisch  Institut, 
Mededeeling,  vol.  LXXIV,  no.  26.     Amsterdam. 

KENNEDY,  RAYMOND 

1953.  Field  notes  on  Indonesia:  South  Celebes.  Behavior  Science  Monograph, 
Human  Relations  Area  Files.     New  Haven,  Conn. 

LAMSTER,  J.  L. 

1929.     Indie.     Haarlem. 

LYNCH,  RALPH 

1955.  Some  changes  in  Bukidnon  between  1910  and  1950.  Anthropological 
Quarterly,  vol.  28  (new  series,  vol.  3),  no.  3. 

MOZO,  ANTONIO 

1763.  Later  Augustinian  and  Dominican  missions,  Madrid,  1763,  as  translated 
in  part  in  Blair  and  Robertson,  The  Philippine  Islands,  1493-1898,  vol.  48,  pp. 
59-136,  from  Noticio  Historico  Natural,  Madrid,  1763,  and  a  rare  pamphlet 
(no  title  given)  by  Bernardo  Ustariz  (copies  of  both  in  Library  of  Congress). 

PASTELLS,  P.  PABLO,  S.J. 

1916.  Mision  de  la  Compafiia  de  Jesus  de  Filipinas  en  el  Siglo  XIX,  3  vols. 
Barcelona. 

SARASIN,  PAUL  and  FRITZ 

1905.  Reisen  in  Celebes  ausgefiihrt  in  den  Jahren  1893-1896  und  1902-1903. 
Kreidels  Verlag,  Wiesbaden. 

WORCESTER,  DEAN  C. 

1914.  The  Philippines  past  and  present.  2  vols.  The  Macmillan  Company, 
New  York. 


Index 


Acculturation,  6-7 

Adam  and  Eve,  128 

Adoption,  70 

Afterbirth,  69,  92 

Afterworld,  92 

Agriculture,  45,  51-57;  clearing  land,  52; 
rituals,  51-57 

Aguio,  129;  tales,  130-132 

Agusan  River,  13 

Alabdynon,  89,  93,  96,  99-102,  112,  114 

Americans,  16;  acculturation,  16;  offi- 
cials, 16 

Ancestors,  75;  worship,  92 

Anklets,  27 

Art,  decorative,  63 

At4,  20 

Awit,  115 

Bagobo,  18,  79,  84,  133 

Baldbag,  98 

Baliti  tree,  97,  98,  101,  102 

Bamboo  spikes,  84 

Bandolier,  82 

Barrenness,  68 

Basketry,  36,  57-60,  67;  weaves,  58 

Batak,  133 

Battle,  82 

Baylan,  54,  89-91,  93,  99,  101,  103,  105, 

106,  110-117,  134 
Betel  nut,  29,  31-32,  72,  75 
Betrothal,  child,  72 
Beyer,  7 
Binokid,  7 
Bird  lime,  48 
Birth,  68-70 

Bisayan,  5,  6,  7,  14,  20,  92,  134 
Blankets,  61 
Blowguns,  71 
Boa  constrictor,  56 
Borneo,  134 
Bow  and  arrow,  46,  84 


Bracelets,  27 

Bride  service,  75 

Bukidnon    Province,    13-16;    geography, 

13-14;  location,  13 
Bulaldkau,  94-96,  99-101,  112 
Bulanawan,  129 
Burial,  76 

Cacao,  56 

Cagayan  River,  14 

Calendar,  125 

Camotes,  55 

Carabao,  56 

Cardinal  points,  93,  94 

Carving,  63 

Caucasoid,  early,  22 

Ceremony,  53,  57,  68,  75,  77,  99-117,  119 

Chests,  wooden,  42 

Chicken,  56 

Children,  life  of,  71-72 

Christianity,  133 

Christianization,  14 

Circumcision,  68 

Coffee,  56 

Combs,  26 

Constellations,  123-125 

Corn,  55;  -grinder,  44 

Cotton,  55,  63 

Cradle,  36,  42,  68-69,  71 

Crocodiles,  70 

Crops,  minor,  56 

Custom,  81 

Dagingon,  97,  108,  110,  111,  1 13 
Dance,  109,  119 
Dapolan,  108,  110 
Dato,  6,  18,  78,  80,  81,  99,  129 
Davao,  province  of,  1 3 
Davao  Gulf,  5,  16,  134 
Deadfall,  46 
Death,  76 


137 


138 


THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 


Decoration,  patchwork,  67 

Deer,  56 

Delivery,  69 

Designs,  weaving,  63 

Dialects,  7 

Disputes,  80 

Divination,  90,  100,  107 

Divorce,  76 

Diwata,  97 

Dogs,  45 

Domakalangan,  129 

Domaloh-doh,  95 

Dress,  6,  23-30;  man,  27 

Drought,  great,  127 

Drums,  120 

Earrings,  26 
Earth,  93 
Education,  71 
Eel  traps,  49 
Epidemic,  99 
Exchange,  units  of,  59 

Field,  preparation  of,  34 

Fines,  80 

Fire-hox,  109 

Fire-making,  34 

Fire  syringe,  34 

Fish,  48,  56 

Fishing,  48-51 

Flood,  the,  128 

Flutes,  120 

Forge,  45,  84;  Malayan,  45 

Fortich,  Manuel,  16 

Gabi,  55 

Games,  gambling,  72 

Gimokod,  77,  91,  92,  95,  99,  100,  103,  104, 

106 
Gomogonal,  95 
Gong,  brass,  120 
Granaries,  54 
Grave,  76 
Guitar,  64,  120,  122 

Harvest,  53 
Hats,  27,  29 
Head-bands,  117 
Head  cloths,  30 
Headdresses,  82 


Headhunting,  84 

Headman,  18 

Hemp,  25,  45,  55,  61;  stripper,  61-62 

Higaonan,  5 

Household,  effects,  36;  inventory,  43-44 

Houses,  34,  36 

Hunting,  45-48 

Ibabaso,  54,  96,  98,  116 
Idol,  84 

Incest  regulations,  75 
Infidelity,  75,  81 
Inheritance,  78 
Inkanlo,  89,  94-96,  112 
Ipasakdy,  110 
Iron,  45 
Islam,  133 

Jars,  Chinese,  42,  79 
Jesuits,  36;  missionaries,  14 
Jew's-harp,  120 
Judges,  79 

Kaliga-on,  52,  95-97,  119;  ceremony,  54, 

95,  100,  107-117,  122;  spirits  of,  53 
Kalotan,  108,  111 
Kasaboahdn,  95,  107;  ceremony,  105 

Lanao,  province  of,  13 

Land,  81 

Language,  8 

Lantangon,  107,  112-116 

Law,  81 

Levirate,  75,  78,  81 

Lewis,  Frederick,  6,  16,  118 

Lizards,  56 

Locusts,  99 

Loom,  backstrap,  63 

Madjapahit,  133 

Magbabdya,   69,   77,   93,   94,  96,  98-102, 

104-107,  118,  127,  128 
Magic,  134 

Mag-kataposen,  ceremony,  92,  99 
Malayan,  133 
Malaybalay,  16 
Malibotan,  95,  105 
Mandaya,  118,  133 
Manobo,  7,  16,  22,  82,  92,  118,  134 
Marriage,  71,  72;  price,  72 


INDEX 


139 


Masaubasau,  107,  114 

Mat-making,  59 

Medicine,  57 

Mediums,  90 

Megalithic  cult,  133 

Menangkabau,  133 

Methods,  field,  6-7 

Midwife,  68-70 

Molin-olin,  89,  92,  95,  109,  114 

Mongoloid,  southern,  21 

Monkeys,  origin  of,  129 

Month,  125 

Moon,  123 

Moros,  13,   16,   18,  45,  68,  82,  84,  126; 

origin  of,  127 
Mortar  and  pestle,  44 
Mount  Balatocan,  78,  92 
Mourning,  76-77,  86 
Music,  120-122 
Myths,  123-124 

Naming,  70-71 
Nativistic  movements,  118 
Necklaces,  27 
Negrito,  18,  20,  133 
Nets,  45;  fish,  49 

Omaldgad,  95,  101,  102 

Ongli,  95 

Ordeal,  80,  81 

Origins,  legends  of,  126-130 

Pagalogas,  99 

Pagalono,  99 

Pa^i/iV  ceremony,  102-103 

Paglognas,  77 

Palilitan,  95 

Pamahdndi,  94;  ceremony,  103-105 

Panalikot  ceremony,  95,  100 

Pangampo  ceremony,  99 

Pangolo-Ambit  ceremony,  106-107 

Panglang,  95 

Parent-in-law  avoidance,  71 

Physical  types,  18-22 

Pigs,  56 

Pillows,  44 

Piper,  plants,  55 

Pipes,  55 

Planting,  52,  53;  time,  125 

Pledge,  101,  107 


Poisoning,  fish,  49 
Polygyny,  75,  80 
Population,  23 
Pottery,  45,  63 
Pregnancy,  68-70 
Presidente,  18,  80 
Prostitution,  68 

Proto-Malays,  133;  culture,  134 
Provincial  governor,  80 
Pulangi  River,  13,  16 

Races,  origin  of,  127-128 

Religion,  6 

Resettlement,  14 

Rice,  53-55,  75;  knife,  53,  54;  seed,  52; 

wine,  56,  100,  109 
Rings,  27 
Running  amuck,  86 

Sacrifice,  human,  85,  86 

Sadang,  133 

Seasons,  125 

Serpents,  97 

Settlements,  34 

Shellfish,  51,  56 

Shields,  64,  84 

Skirts,  61 

Sky,  93,  123,  124 

Slavery,  86-88 

Snares,  46 

Songs,  108,  122;  ceremonial,  122 

Souls,  multiple,  91 ;  "soul  catching,"  91 

Spear,  84 

Spinning,  63 

Spirits,   53-55,   57,   89,   90;   houses,   54; 

local,  96;  "natural,"  93;  world,  89 
Stars,  123;  falling,  125 
Story  tellers,  126 
Sugar  cane,  55 

Talabosau,  86 

Talapnay,  116 

Tales,  folk,  126;  of  heroes,  126 

Tapay,  55 

Tattooing,  29 

Teeth,  mutilation  of,  33;  treatment  of,  29 

Teknonymy,  71 

"Tie  and  dye,"  61,  67 

Tinguian,  134 

Tobacco,  55 


140  THE  BUKIDNON  OF  MINDANAO 

Tops,  71  Villages,  5,  36 

Toradja,  133  Violins,  120 

'^"'■^^''^^      ,    ,,  Warfare,  81-86 

Trade,  14,  16,  45  ^^T      ■         oa 

Warriors,  84 

Traps,  46,  48  ^^^  mould  process,  45 

Tree  houses,  16,  18,  36  Weaving,  45,  63 

Trumpets,  122  Wedding,  73 

Tungud  movement,  118  Weeding,  53 

Turbans,  30  Widow,  81 

Tweezers,  34  Worcester,  Dean  C,  6,  16 

Twins,  70 

Year,  125 


Publication  792 


1